Sunteți pe pagina 1din 97

SEMESTER I

15L101 CALCULUS AND ITS APPLICATIONS


3204
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: Basic concepts - Limits, continuity, differentiation, functions of several variables, partial derivatives.
(6+4)

INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Double integrals - double integrals over rectangles, double integrals as volumes, Fubini‘s theorem
(concept and statement only) double integrals in polar form, changing the order of integration, triple integrals in rectangular
co-ordinates, triple integrals in spherical and cylindrical co-ordinates. (8+5)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER: Basic concepts, separable differential equations, exact differential
equations, integrating factors, linear differential equations, Bernoulli equation, modelling of electric circuits. (8+5)

LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER: Homogeneous linear equations of second order, linearity principle,
initial value problem, general solution, second order homogeneous equations with constant coefficients, Euler – Cauchy equation,
solution by variation of parameters, modelling of electric circuits. (7+5)

VECTOR CALCULUS: Gradient of a scalar field, directional derivative, divergence of a vector field, curl of a vector field. Integration
in vector field – line integrals, work, circulation and flux, path independence, conservative fields, surface integrals. Green‘s, Gauss
divergence and Stoke‘s theorems (concepts and statements only), evaluation of line, surface and volume integrals.
(16+11)
Total L: 45+T: 30=75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomas G B and Finney R L, ―Calculus and Analytic Geometry‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Wylie C R and Barrett L C, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15B102/15D102 /15I102 /15L102 /15Z102 PHYSICS


3003
OSCILLATORY MOTION: Review of simple harmonic motion- Differential equation of SHM. Velocity and acceleration. Restoring
force. Vibration of a spring and mass system. Frequency response, phase response and resonance. Analogy with LCR circuits and
oscillators. Energy and energy loss. Damped oscillations. Significance in control systems, vibration and vibration isolation. (9)

WAVE MOTION: Definition of a plane progressive wave. Attenuation of waves. Representation of waves using complex numbers.
Differential equation of a plane progressive wave. Phase velocity. Phase and phase difference. Solution of the differential equation
of a plane progressive waveform of differential equation of 3-dimensional wave motion(no detailed solution). Introduction to
numerical methods for solution of wave equation. Importance of spherical and plane wave fronts. (9)

OPTICS: Review of image formation in lenses and mirrors. Spherical and chromatic aberration. Methods of reducing aberrations (no
derivations)- aspherical components, aperture control, multiple elements. Principle of adaptive optics. Role of actuators in adaptive
optics. Fresnel mirrors- principle and applications for solar energy. Tracking of Fresnel mirrors. Interference and diffraction:
Principle of Fabry-Perot interferometer. Diffraction due to circular apertures. Applications. Spectral distribution: emission,
transmission and absorption spectra. Examples. (9)

HEAT: Review of thermal properties: Specific heat capacity, thermal capacity and coefficient of linear thermal expansion. Methods
of measurement of thermal expansion. Thermal stresses in composite structures due to non-homogeneous thermal expansion.
Applications -The bimetallic strip. Differential equation of one-dimensional heat flow. Searle's apparatus and Lee's disc apparatus for
determination of thermal conductivity. Thermal Insulation. Convection and radiation. Heat dissipation and heat sinking of electronic
devices. (9)

ELECTROMAGNETISM: Review of definitions of fundamental terms. Permeability. Forces due to currents. Uniform and non-
uniform magnetic fields. Static and time-varying magnetic fields. Electromagnetic induction. Expression for induced emf. Electric
fields definition of fundamental terms. Dielectric constant, Permittivity. Dielectric displacement. Gauss theorem. Electromagnetic
waves. Propagation of electromagnetic waves through isotropic media. Maxwell's equations and interpretation of Maxwell's
equations. (9)

Total L: 45

24
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Wolfson, ―Essential University Physics‖, Vols. 1 and 2. Pearson Education, Singapore, 2011.
2. Gaur R K, Gupta S L, ―Engineering Physics‖, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Halliday D., Resnick R. and Walker J., ―Fundamentals of Physics‖, Wiley Publications, 2008.
2. Avadhanulu, M.N, ―Engineering Physics‖, S. Chand & Co, 2007.
3. Purcell, E.M, ―Electricity and Magnetism – Berkeley Physics Course‖, Vol. 2, Tata McCraw-Hill ,2007.
4. Crawford Jr Waves , F.S. – ―Berkeley Physics Course‖, Vol. 3, 2008.

15E/I/L/R/U/Z103 CHEMISTRY
3003
CHEMICAL BONDING: Types of chemical bonds - bond polarity- dipole moment – partial ionic character - consequences. Weak
Interactions – Hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces - influence on properties of matter. Metallic bond – free electron theory, MO
treatment - band theory-metals, semiconductors and insulators. Non stoichiometric semiconductors, chalgogen semiconductors.
Defect structures of crystals – Schottky and Frenkel defects. (9)

ELECTROCHEMISTRY: Electrode potential – standard and reference electrodes, Nernst equation, emf series – applications.
Galvanic and concentration cells. Applications of potential measurements – glass electrode - pH measurement, acid- base titration,
redox titration. Conductance measurement – applications – conductometric titrations. (9)

POLYMERS: Classification, degree of polymerization, molecular weight – Mn and Mw. Polymerization reactions. Glass transition
temperature – factors affecting Tg - determination by DSC. Polymer processing - compounding, outline of moulding techniques-
compression, injection, extrusion and blow moulding. Charge transport in conjugated polymers - doped conjugated polymers -
glucose biosensor. Polymers for LED and LCD displays. (9)

ADVANCED MATERIALS: Carbon nanotubes and carbon fibres, graphene and polymer nano-composites-properties and
applications – morphological studies by SEM and TEM. Solid oxide materials and polymer electrolytes –energy storing applications.
Polymer blends and alloys, photo and electroluminescence materials, insulating materials, photopolymers and photoresists for
electronics, polymer photovoltaics. (9)

WATER CHEMISTRY : Hardness - determination (EDTA method). Water softening - zeolite and demineralization processes.
Desalination by electro-dialysis and reverse osmosis. Water for processing of semiconductors. Instrumental methods for water
analysis- AAS, flame emission spectroscopy, ICP-MS and photocolorimetry. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mary Jane Shultz, ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Cengage Learning, USA, 2009.
2. Palanna O. G., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Gesser H .D., ―Applied Chemistry - A Textbook for Engineers and Technologies‖, Springer, New York, 2008.
2. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, ―Polymer Science‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi,
2011.
3. Vijayamohanan K. Pillai and Meera Parthasarathy. ―Functional Materials - A Chemist‘s Perspective‖ Universities Press, India,
2012.
4. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co,New Delhi, 2005.

15L104 PROBLEM SOLVING AND C PROGRAMMING


2203
INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING: Program development - Analyzing and Defining the Problem - Algorithm - Flow Chart.
(2+2)
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Definition - Types of programming language – Modular Programming - Program Development
Environment. (2+2)

C: The C character set - Identifiers and keywords - Data types – Constants - Variables - Declarations – Expressions - Statements -
Operators & expressions - Arithmetic operators - Unary operators - Relational & logical operators - Assignment operators -
Conditional operators - comma operator - sizeof operator - Library functions - Data input & output functions. (4+4)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: If else - Switch Case - While - Do While - For - Nested loops - break – continue – goto statements.
(4+4)

25
FUNCTIONS: Function prototype - Defining a function – function call - Passing arguments to a function - Storage classes - auto -
static - extern and register variables. (4+4)

ARRAYS: Defining an array - Processing an array - Passing array to a function - Multi dimensional array - Arrays & strings.
(4+4)

POINTERS: Definition - Pointer Arithmetic - Pointer and arrays – Dynamic memory allocation.
(2+2)

STRUCTURES AND UNIONS: Definitions - Processing a structure – Array and structures – Nested structures - Structures and
pointers - Structures and functions. (4+4)

FILES: Need for files – Operations on files - Sequential and Random access file functions - File Handling Functions - Error handling
functions. (2+2)

Preprocessor Directives - Command Line Arguments. (2+2)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kernighan B. W. and Ritchie D. M., ―C Programming Language (ANSI C)‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Deitel H. M. and Deitel P. J., ―C: How To Program‖, Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Gottfried B., ―Programming with C‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Herbert Schildt, ―C: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Rama N. Reddy Carol A. Ziegler, ―C Programming For Scientists and Engineers With Applications‖, Jones and Bartlett, New
Delhi, 2010.

15L105 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING


4004
INTRODUCTION: Standard symbols. Units and Abbreviations. Circuit Elements. Current and Voltage sources. Ohm's and
Kirchhoff's laws. Resistive circuits - Series and Parallel reduction method and analysis. Voltage and Current division. Source
Transformation. Star Delta transformation. (12)

MESH AND NODAL ANALYSIS: Mesh current variables, Mesh current equations, Super Mesh equations, Node voltage variables,
Node voltage equations, Super Node equations - Matrix method of solving network equations. (11)

NETWORK THEOREMS: Superposition theorem - Thevenin's theorem - Norton's theorem - Maximum power transfer theorem -
Reciprocity theorem – Introduction to dependent sources. (12)

SINGLE PHASE AC CIRCUITS: Introduction to alternating quantities, average and RMS values, Circuit elements, Series and
Parallel combination of circuit elements - Use of complex notation and exponential notation - Phasor representation of variables -
Steady state solution using phasor algebra - Analysis of Series, Parallel and Series – Parallel circuits – Power triangle and average
power (13)

DC MACHINES: Magnetic Quantities, Faraday‘s Law of Electromagnetic Induction, Principle of operation of DC motor and
Generator, Application of DC Motor – Stepper Motor. (7)

TRANSFORMER: Theory of Operation, Equivalent Circuit, Efficiency and Voltage Regulation Introduction to AC machines (5)

Total L: 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kemmerly J. E., Hayt W. H. and Durbin S. M., "Engineering Circuit Analysis‖, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Alexander C. and Sadiku M. N. O., ―Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Vincent Del Toro, ―Electrical Engineering Fundamentals‖, Pearson Education, India, 2015.
2. Boylestad R. L., ―Introductory Circuit Analysis‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3. Decarlo R. A. and Pen-Min Lin, "Linear Circuit Analysis‖, Oxford University press, 2003.
4. Smarajit Ghosh, ‖Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering‖ , Prentice Hall of India, 2007.

26
15M104 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY

2203
LEARNING LANGUAGE THROUGH STANDARD LITERARY AND GENERAL TEXTS: Integrated Tasks focusing on Language
Skills – Training based on Text based Vocabulary, tone, register and Syntax features (12)

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: Word Order – Subject Verb Concord – Style features – Tenses, Conditionals, Prepositions, Active and
Passive Voice, Modals and Transformation of Sentences (14)

GUIDELINES FOR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Principles of Clear Writing - Paragraph Writing – Essay Writing – Emphasis
Techniques – Summarizing and Paraphrasing – Analytical Writing – Letter Writing (4)

WRITING PRACTICE (8)

FOCUS ON SPOKEN ENGLISH: Task – based activities with graded levels of difficulty and with focus on language functions
Level 1: Self – expression – Greetings in Conversation, Hobbies, Special interests, Daily routine
Level 2: General Awareness – Expression of Concepts, Opinions, Social Issues, Description of a process / picture/chart,
news presentation / review
Level 3: Advanced Skills – Making Short Speeches and Participating in Role Plays (14)

LISTENING ACTIVITY: Task- based Activities using Language Lab (8)

Total L: 30+T: 30 =60


TEXTBOOK:
Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle and Martin Hewings, ―Advanced Grammar in Use‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Jill Singleton, ―Writers at Work: The Paragraph‖, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012.
3. Anne Laws, ―Writing Skills‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderbad, 2011.
4. Sinha D.K., ―Specimens of English Prose‖, Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 2012.

15L111 PHYSICS LABAROTORY I

0021

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Determination of wavelength of Mercury spectrum using diffraction grating


2. Determination of frequency of electrically maintained tuning fork - Melde‘s Apparatus
3. Measurement of Temperature using IC temperature sensor LM35

4. Determination of thickness of a thin wire– Air Wedge method


5. Study of reverse bias characteristics of Germanium diode and determination of band gap of Ge

DEMONSTRATION:
1. Optical phenomena using He – Ne Laser.
2. Ultrasonic cleaning.
3. Thin film deposition using DC/RF sputtering technique.
4. Hall effect

Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology 2015
2. J.D.Wilson and C.A.Hernandez, ―Physics Laboratory Experiments‖, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005

27
15E/I/L/R/U/Z112 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I
0021
1. Estimation of strength of an acid by pH -metry.
2. Estimation of acids in a mixture by conductometry.
3. Anodizing of aluminium, determination of thickness of anodic film, sealing and dyeing of anodic film.
4. Determination of total, permanent, temprorary, calcium and magnesium hardness of water by EDTA method.

Total P: 30
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

15L113 ENGINEERING PRACTICES


0021
MODULE- I

1. Study of passive and active components and equipments (CRO, DSO, Function generator and DC power supply).
2. Construction of series and parallel circuits using resistors
3. Preparation of PCB layout and simulation of PCB (Printed circuit board)
4. Soldering of components on the PCB and testing of PCB (regulated power supply).
5. Study of types of lamps (CFL lighting, LED lighting, filament lamps) – Measurement of power.

MODULE – II

1. Welding - Metal arc welding tools and equipment, exercises by Arc welding and TIG welding Processes.
2. Fitting - Tools, operations, exercises Make ―T‖-Joint and ―L‖ Joint, types of joints.
3. Carpentry- Tools, carpentry process, carpentry exercises, types of joints.
4. Plumbing-exercises-external thread cutting and joining
5. Sheet metal work & Soldering - Tools, operations, exercises Make a Rectangular Tray in Galvanized Iron sheet
Total P: 30

REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by ECE Department.
2. Laboratory manual prepared by Mechanical department, 2010.
3. Chapman, W.A.J. Workshop Technology, Edward Arnold, 2001.

SEMESTER II

15L201 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND TRANSFORMS


3204
COMPLEX VARIABLES: Complex differentiation-Analytic function, Cauchy Riemann equations, harmonic functions. (6+4)

COMPLEX INTEGRATION: Cauchy‗s integral theorem, Cauchy‗s integral formula, Laurent series (concept and statement only),
singularities and zeros, residue integration method (Residue integration of complex integrals only), conformal mapping - ez , sinz,
cosz, z+1/z. (8+5)

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Laplace transform, inverse transform, linearity, s-shifting, transforms of derivatives and integrals, unit
step function, t- shifting , Dirac‗s delta function, periodic functions, convolution, differentiation and integration of transforms, Method
of solving differential equations and integral equations by using Laplace transform technique. (12+9)

FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier series - functions of any period 2L, half range expansions. Fourier transform, Fourier cosine and
sine transforms - Discrete Fourier transform – Fast Fourier transform – DIT algorithm. (13+8)

28
Z-TRANSFORMS: Introduction of Z-transform, Inverse transform, difference equation, application of Z-transform to solve difference
equations. (6+4)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Wylie C. R. and Barrett L. C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Mathews J. H. and Howell R. W., ―Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering‖, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
2011.
2. Peter V.O Neil, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010
3. Lonnie C. Ludeman, ―Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing‖, Wiley-India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15L202 MATERIALS SCIENCE


3003
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Conducting materials-quantum free electron theory -Fermi Dirac Statistics-Band theory of solids-the
density of states. Dielectrics-types of polarization-measurement of dielectric permittivity-Loss factor-Dielectric loss mechanisms.
Magnetostriction. Electron ballistics- materials for thermionic emission electron guns-electron gun for electron beam machining-
electric discharge plasma-EDM machining. (9)

MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: Types of magnetic materials-domain theory-hysteresis- hard and soft magnetic materials-Applications-
eddy current brakes, regenerative braking. Magnetic lenses. Superconductivity –Meissners effect- Josephson junction, SQUID
magnetometer, applications of squid magnetometer- superconducting Magnets, and Magnetic levitation. (9)

QUANTUM MECHANICS: Wave particle duality, de Broglie waves- Heisenberg‘s uncertainty principle. Wave function-
normalization. The wave equation. Schrodinger‘s equation of motion: Time dependent form, steady-state form. Particle in a box.
Quantum Tunneling and applications to Scanning Tunneling Microscope and Tunnel diode. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: P type and N type semiconductors-the effective mass-P-N junction, rectifier equation
-Hall effect-Quantum tunneling. Bipolar transistor. The field effect transistor- Integrated circuits—Hetero junction-Quantum well,
wire, dots- Optical properties of Semiconductors: LD, LED, Photo diode. Introduction to MEMS (10)

ADVANCED MATERIALS : Liquid crystals-types-application as display devices-photonic crystals-ferroelastic materials-


multiferroics, Bio mimetic materials. Composites-nanophase materials-physical properties and applications. (9)
Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. William D CallisterJr,‖Material Science and Engineering-An Introduction‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc.Sixth edition, Newyork,
2007.
2. Shaffer J P,Saxena A, Antolovich S D, Sanders T H Jr and Warner S B, ―The Science and Design of Engineering Materials‖,
McGraw Hill Companies Inc., Newyork, 1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of Modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill,India , 2002.
2. Van Vlack, ―Elements Of Material Science And Engineering‖, Pearson Education India, 2008.
3. Sze S.M, ―Physics of Semiconductor Devices‖, John Wiley and Sons,USA, 2007.
4. James F Shackelford S,‖Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers‖,Third Edition,Macmillan Publishing Company,
Newyork,1992.

15L203 APPLIED ELECTROCHEMISTRY


3003
INDUSTRIAL ELECTROCHEMICAL PROCESSES: Electroplating – plating parameters- polarization and overvoltage, current and
energy efficiency. Electroplating of Cu, Ni, and Cr. Electroless deposition of Ni and Cu. Anodizing – determination of thickness of
anodic film, applications. Phosphating, chromating - applications. (9)

METAL FINISHING IN ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY: Production of Plated through hole PCB‘s, electroforming - fabrication of CD
stampers and wave guides. Electropolishing, electrochemical machining, electrochemical etching of Cu from PCBs , Electrophoretic
painting, Electrochemical etching of semiconductors. (9)

BATTERIES AND FUEL CELLS: Batteries- types - battery characteristics-fabrication and working of dry cell, lithium primary
battery, lead- acid battery, Ni – Cd, Ni-metal-hydride and lithium ion batteries. Advanced batteries and supercapacitors.

29
Fuel cells: Classification, working principle, components, applications of hydrogen-oxygen, solid oxide, molten carbonate, direct
methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. Hydrogen as a fuel-production and storage. (9)

CORROSION: Atmospheric corrosion- oxidation – Pilling –Bedworth rule. Electrochemical corrosion - galvanic, differential aeration
corrosion. Factors influencing corrosion – polarization and rate of corrosion. Corrosion control - cathodic protection: sacrificial
anode and impressed current methods, corrosion inhibitors, passivation. Corrosion of electronic components - vapour phase
inhibitors, dehumidifier gels. Paints– constituents and their functions, vitrious enamel coatings, super hydrophobic and self healing
coatings. (9)

ADHESIVES AND SOLDERS: Adhesives: Adhesive bonding – types – epoxy, phenol-formaldehyde resin, silicone resin, cellulose
derivatives, acrylics, polyvinyls - adhesive action, development of adhesive strength- physical and chemical factors influencing
adhesive strength. Eutectics: phase rule -definitions, two component system – Pb-Ag system, Low melting solders. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mary Jane Shultz, ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Cengage Learning, USA, 2009.
2. Shashi Chawla, ―A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry‖, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Derek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh, ―Industrial Electrochemistry‖, Chapman and Hall, London, 1993.
2. Dell R. M. and Rand D. A. J., ―Understanding Batteries‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, 2001.

15L204 ELECTRON DEVICES


3003
PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS: Mobility and Conductivity - Charge Densities in a Semiconductor - Generation
and Recombination of Charges - Drift and Diffusion current - Continuity Equation - Injected Minority Carrier Concentration - Potential
Variation within a Graded Semiconductor. (9)

PN JUNCTION DIODE: Theory of PN Junction Diodes - V-I Characteristics - Static and Dynamic Resistance - Effect of Temperature
on Diodes – Space Charge and Diffusion Capacitance – Applications - Rectifiers, Clipper, Clamper. Zener diode - Avalanche and
Zener break down mechanisms - Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Tunnel Diode and Varactor Diodes. (9)

BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTORS: Transistor types - Transistor Action - Current Components – Ebers Moll Equation - CB, CE,
CC Configurations - Transistor as a Switch and Amplifier - Comparison of Amplifier Configurations - Small Signal Low Frequency
Hybrid Model - High frequency Effects - DC and AC Load Lines - Operating Point - Bias stability, Bias Methods, Bias Compensation.
(9)

FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR: Types - Comparison of FET and BJT - Characteristics and principle of operation of JFET - JFET
parameters - JFET as an amplifier, switch, and variable resistor. CS, CD, CG Configurations - Methods of FET biasing. MOSFET -
principle of operation - Depletion and Enhancement type of MOSFET - Output and Transfer Characteristics - Introduction to CMOS
devices. (9)

POWER AND OPTO ELECTRONIC DEVICES: SCR Families - Two Transistor model. TRIAC - DIAC operation Characteristics -
Analysis - Application. UJT- Operation - Characteristics - Equivalent Circuit and Applications. Fundamentals of light –
Photoconductive , Photovoltaic, Photo-emissive Sensors - Application of Photo diodes and Photo Transistors - Light emitters –
Liquid Crystal Displays – Opto Couplers. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Millman J. and Halkias C. C. and Satyabrata J.,‖Electronic Devices and Circuits ", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Floyd T. L., "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Boylestad, R. L. and Nashelsky, L., ―Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory ", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. David A.Bell, "Electronic Devices and Circuits ", Prentice Hall of India, 2008.
3. Robert T.Paynter, ―Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Pearson Education, USA, 2009.

15L205 NETWORK THEORY


3003
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS AND POWER MEASUREMENTS: Three phase Voltages and Currents - Phase Sequence - Line and
Phase Quantities - Phasor Diagrams – Balanced - Analysis of Balanced Load – Power Measurements - Single and Two Wattmeter
methods - Balanced Loads Power Factor Calculation. (8)

COUPLED CIRCUITS: Self Inductance - Co-efficient of Coupling - Dot Convention Analysis of Coupled Circuits - Ideal Transformer
- Analysis of Single Tuned and Double Tuned Circuits (8)

30
NETWORK TRANSIENTS: Transient Concepts - Transient response of Simple RL, RC and RLC Circuits - Solution of RL, RC and
RLC Circuits for Step Input and Sinusoidal Excitations using Laplace Transform method. (8)

NETWORKS AND NETWORK FUNCTIONS: Functional classification of networks - Properties of Network - Poles and Zeros -
functions -Two port Network parameters, Impedance, Admittance, ABCD and Hybrid parameters. Inter relationship between the
parameters – Conditions for reciprocity and symmetry. (7)

NETWORK SYNTHESIS: Reliability Concept – Properties of Hurwitz Polynomial and Positive Real Function - Synthesis of RL, RC
and LC Driving Point admittance Functions using Simple Canonic Networks - Foster and Cauer Forms. (7)

FILTERS AND ATTENUATORS: Passive Filters - Low Pass, High Pass, Band Pass and Band Stop filters – Constant K and m-
derived filter – Attenuators – T type, Π type, Lattice Attenuator (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abhijit Chakrabarthy, ―Circuit Theory Analysis & Synthesis‖, Dhanpath Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Alexander C. and Sadiku M. N. O., ―Fundamentals of Electric Circuits ", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Sudhakar A. and Shyammohan S. Pillai, ―Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Smarajit Ghosh, ―Network Theory Analysis and Synthesis‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011.
3. DeCarlo R. and Lin P., ―Linear Circuit Analysis‖, Oxford University press, 2001.
4. Van Valkenburg, ―Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis‖ New Age International Publisher, New Delhi, 2001.

15L210 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS


0042
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Engineering Drawing. BIS. Principles of dimensioning. (5)

ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines, planes and solids.
Orthographic projection of simple engineering components – missing view exercises. Drawing orthographic projections of
computer components . (15)

PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components. Orthographic views
from given pictorial views. Isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing isometric views of typical electronic
components. (15)

SECTION OF SOLIDS: Section of regular solids, types of sections, selection of section views. Sectional views of simple
engineering components. Drawing sectional views of assemblies like electric motor, mobile phone. (15)

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids and truncated solids. Preparing parts like tray,
funnel, CPU housing using cardboard material. Introduction to CAD Drawing. (10)

Total P: 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Luzadder and Duff, ―Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing‖, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009
2. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., ―Engineering Graphics‖, New Age International Publishers, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Natarajan K. V., "Engineering Drawing and Graphics", M/s Dhanalakshmi Publishers, 2007.
2. Bureau of Indian Standards, ―Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges‖ SP 46-2003, BIS Publisher, 2004.

15L211 PHYSICS LABORATORY II


0021
List of Experiments:
1. Study of I-V characteristics of a solar cell and determination of its efficiency
2. Determination of hysteresis loss of a ferromagnetic material
3. Determination of electrical resistivity of metal and alloy using Carey Foster Bridge
4. Determination of Temperature Coefficient of Resistance of metallic wire using post office box
5. Study the characteristics of a photo diode.

Demonstration:
1. Laser micromachining.
2. Determination of Crystal structure by powder photograph method.
3. Thin film deposition using electron beam and thermal evaporation.
4. Crystal Growth System
Total P:30

31
REFERENCES:
1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology 2015
2. Physics Laboratory Experiments J.D.Wilson and C.A.Hernandez, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005

15L212 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II


0021
1. Potentiometric determination of ferrous iron.
2. Electroplating of nickel & copper and determination of cathode efficiency.
3. a. Determination of alkalinity and TDS of water.
b. Photocolorimetric estimation of iron.
4. a. Determination of efficiency of corrosion inhibitor.
b. Estimation of dichromate in corrosion inhibitor solution by iodometry.
Total P: 30

REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

15L213 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES LABORATORY


0021
1. Verification of Kirchhoff's Voltage and Current laws.
2. Verification of Superposition theorem.
3. Verification of Thevenin's theorem and Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
4. Verification of Reciprocity theorem.
5. PN Diode Characteristics of Silicon and Germanium Diode.
6. Waveshaping circuits: Clippers and clampers.
7. Zener Diode Characteristics and Voltage Regulator.
8. Transistor Characteristics and h-parameter evaluation ( CE, CB and CC) Configurations.
9. JFET (Common Source) Characteristics and its simulation using PSpice.
10. BJT as an Amplifier and Switch
Total P: 30
REFERENCE:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department.

SUMMER TERM COURSES

15L215 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

6092

SIMULATION OF CIRCUITS USING PSPICE : DC Circuits – Bias Point Analysis, Transient Analysis, AC Circuits – Q point
Analysis, AC Analysis- Proof of Theorems – Analysis and Application Development. (6+9)

COMPUTATIONAL TOOLS: Basic commands – Plotting commands – Script / Function Development- Control Flow command – I/O
Functions (4+6)

PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Object Oriented Programming paradigm - Basic concepts and benefits of
OOP - Object Oriented Language - Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Applications of C++ - Operators in C++ - Manipulators.
(2+2)
FUNCTIONS IN C++: Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions - Default, Const Arguments - Function Overloading -
Friend Functions - Classes and Objects - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions -Private member functions - Memory
allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects -Objects as Function Arguments - Friend
Functions. (3+7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class – Destructors. (2+2)

OPERATOR OVERLOADING: Operator function – Overloading unary and binary operators – Overloading operators using friend
function – Overloading insertion and extraction operators. (4+4)

INHERITANCE AND POLYMORPHISM: Defining Derived Classes – Types of inheritance – Constructors in derived and base
classes – Abstract classes – Virtual functions – Dynamic polymorphism. (3+6)

Total L : 24+ P:36 = 60

32
REFERENCES:
1. Muhammad H. Rashid, ―Spice for Circuits and Electronics using Pspice‖, Prentice Hall, Inc, 1995.
2. Roger Conant , ―Engineering Circuit Analysis with Pspice and Probe‖, MGH Publications,1993.
3. Jaydeep Chakravorty, "Introduction to Matlab: Programming, Toolbox and Simulink", Universities Press Publication, 2014.
4. Stephen J. Chapman, "Matlab Programming for Engineers - Ed 4", Cengage Learning Publication, 2012.

15L216 IN-PLANT TRAINING & TECHNICAL SEMINAR


6092
IN-PLANT TRAINING: Industrial Visits will be arranged for the students to be trained in the state of the art technologies. Reports
and Presentations are to be done by the students after the visit.

TECHNICAL SEMINAR: Expert talks will be arranged by the faculty preferably from industries to highlight the recent trends and
technologies.
Total L: 24+ P: 36 = 60

SEMESTER III

15L301 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS


3204
VECTOR SPACE: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and
dimension. (9+3)

ERRORS: Approximations and round-off errors – truncation errors. (2+1)

SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS: Direct methods - Naive Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordan method, Crout‘s method,
iterative methods - Gauss-Jacobi method, Gauss–Seidel method, convergence criteria, ill conditioned systems, Pseudo inverse,
Eigen values and eigen vectors using power method.
(8+6)
NONLINEAR EQUATIONS: Bisection method, False position method, Newton‘s method, convergence criteria, Bairstow‘s method,
Graeffe‘s root squaring method. (6+5)

INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING: Lagrange‘s polynomial, Newton‘s divided differences, evenly spaced data, Chebyshev
interpolation. Curve fitting - using principle of least squares approximation. (4+4)

DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION: Numerical differentiation, numerical integration - Newton-Cotes formulae, Trapezoidal
rule, Simpson‘s 1/3 rule, Simpson‘s 3/8 rule, 2-point and 3-point Gaussian quadratures. (6+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Numerical methods for initial value problem, Taylor-series , Euler and Modified Euler
method, Runge-Kutta methods, Multi step methods - Milne method, solution of second order boundary value problem by finite
difference method. (10+7)
Total L: 45+ P: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres Elementary Linear Algebra Applications Version, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. David C Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications , Addison-Wesley, Boston, 2014.
2. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers with Software and Programming Applications, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
3. Rizwan Butt, Introduction to Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, Infinity Science Press , Hingham, 2008.
4. Amparo Gil, Javier Segura, Nico M. Temme, Numerical Methods for Special Functions, SIAM publishers, USA, 2007.

15L302 ANALOG ELECTRONICS


4004
POWER SUPPLIES: Half wave and Full wave Rectifiers - Ripple factor, Regulation, Rectification efficiency, TUF - Filters - L, C and
Pi type filters - Ripple factor and regulation - Voltage Regulators - Series and Shunt Voltage Regulators - Current limiting and
protection circuits-Switched Mode Power Supplies. (12)

AMPLIFIERS: BJT and FET amplifiers - equivalent circuit - calculation of input and output impedance of various configurations,
cascaded BJT amplifiers - RC coupled amplifiers- Analysis at low, medium and high frequencies. DC amplifiers - Differential and
common mode gain CMRR - Use of current source in emitter terminal - Cascode and Darlington amplifiers. (14)

33
POWER AMPLIFIERS AND FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Classification - Class A/B/AB/C - single ended and Push-pull configuration
- Power dissipation, output power and conversion efficiencies - Complementary-symmetry power amplifiers Basic concepts of
feedback - effect of negative feedback on input and output resistances, gain, gain stability, distortion and bandwidth -voltage and
current feedback circuits. (12)

OSCILLATORS AND MULTIVIBRATORS: Barkhausen criteria - RC and LC oscillators - Frequency stability of oscillators - Crystal
oscillator.Non-sinusoidal oscillators - switching characteristics of transistor Multivibrators - Bistable, monostable and astable
multivibrators –Schmitt Trigger. (12)

TUNED AMPLIFIERS: Coil losses, unloaded and loaded Q of tank circuits, Analysis of single tuned amplifier, double tuned, stagger
tuned amplifiers, instability of tuned amplifiers, stabilization techniques, Narrow band neutralization using coil, Broad banding using
Hazeltine neutralization, Class C tuned amplifiers and their applications. Efficiency of Class C tuned Amplifier. (10)

Total L: 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Boylestad L Robert and Nashelsky Louis, ―Electronic Devices and circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
2. David A Bell, ―Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Millman J and Taub H., ―Pulse, Digital and Switching waveforms‖, McGraw Hill International, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Donald L Schilling and Charles Belove, ―Electronic Circuits‖, 2002.
3. Sedra and Smith ―Micro electronic Circuits‖,Oxford University Press, Chennai,2007.
4. Allen Mottershed ―Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.

15L303 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS


4004
NUMBER SYSTEMS AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA: Review of binary, octal and hexadecimal number systems - number
representations - signed, unsigned, fixed point, floating point numbers- computer codes - BCD, Gray code - error detection and
correction codes - parity codes- Hamming codes- Boolean algebra – basic postulates, theorems - switching functions, canonical
forms-logic gates-intoduction to HDL. (10)

COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN: Standard representation of logic functions-incompletely specified functions- simplification of
logic functions through K-maps and Quine McClusky method - implementation using logic gates - Decoders, encoders, multiplexers
and demultiplexers - implementation of combinational circuits using multiplexers - Binary/ BCD adders, subtractors- Carry look
ahead adder- magnitude comparator – ALU (12)

DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES: Characteristics of digital ICs-voltage and current ratings-Noise margin-propagation delay-power
dissipation-TTL logic family-totem pole, open collector and tristate outputs-wired output operations, MOS transistor switches,-
nMOS , CMOS invertors/ logic gates, multiplexers, ECL logic families, comparison of performance of various logic families-
interfacing TTL and CMOS devices. (10)

SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS: General model of sequential circuits- flip-flops- latches - level triggering, edge triggering- master slave
configuration - Mealy/Moore models - concept of state – state diagram - state table, state reduction procedures by partitioning and
implication chart-Design of synchronous sequential circuits -up/down, modulus counters - shift registers – Shift Register Counters -
Ring counter - Johnson counter - timing diagram - serial adder - parity checker - sequence detector - Introduction to asynchronous
sequential circuits - fundamental mode and pulse mode circuits- binary counters. (18)

MEMORY AND PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: Classification of memories, Read write operations-timing waveforms-
Memory decoding-memory expansion, Types of ROM-PROM,EPROM,EEPROM ,RAM-static RAM, Dynamic RAM - Introduction to
PLDs-ROM-PAL-PLA- architecture of PLDs- implementation of digital functions using PLDs. (10)

Total L:60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Morris Mano, and M.D. Ciletti, ―Digital Design ", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Alan B Marcovitz, ―Introduction to Logic Design‖, second edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Floyd T L, ―Digital Fundamentals ", Pearson education ,NewDelhi,2009.
2. Tokheim R L, ―Digital Electronics - Principles and Applications ", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007.
3. John F Wakerly, ―Digital Design Principles and Practices‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
4. A.Anandkumar, ―Fundamentals of Digital circuits‖,Prentice Hall of India, NewDelhi, 2010.

34
15L304 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS
3204
VECTOR ANALYSIS: Nature of scalars and vectors - Vector algebra - Vector differential operator - Gradient, Divergence and Curl
operators - Line, surface and volume integrals - Cartesian cylindrical and spherical co-ordinate systems. (5+4)

STATIC ELECTRIC FIELDS: Coulomb‘s law - Electric field intensity - Calculation of electric field intensity due to different charge
configurations: Point charge, line charge, surface charge and volume charge - Electric flux density - Gauss law - application of
Gauss law - Gauss divergence theorem. (5+4)

ELECTRIC POTENTIAL: Absolute potential - Potential difference - Calculation of potential for different configurations - Potential
gradient - Electric dipole - Energy density in the electrostatic field. (5+2)

CONDUCTORS AND DIELECTRICS: Properties of Conductors and dielectrics - Current and Current density - Continuity equation -
Conductor properties and boundary conditions – Resistance of a Conductor - Method of images - Nature of dielectric materials-
Boundary conditions for perfect dielectric materials. (5+2)

BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS: Poisson's equation – Laplace‘s equation - Solution of Laplace equation in one variable -
Solution of Laplace equation in two variables using variable separable method - Applications for Laplace‘s equation - Capacitance -
Parallel plate, coaxial and spherical capacitors. (5+4)

STEADY MAGNETIC FIELDS: Biot savart's Law - Magnetic field intensity - Amperes circuital law - Curl and Stoke's theorem -
Magnetic flux density - Magnetic scalar and vector potentials. (5+4)

MAGNETIC FORCES AND MATERIALS: Force on a moving charge - Force on a differential current element - Force between
differential current elements - force and torque on a closed circuit magnetic dipole- Nature of magnetic materials - Magnetization
and permeability - Boundary conditions involving magnetic fields. (5+4)

MAGNETIC CIRCUITS: Basic expressions for self and mutual inductances - Inductance evaluation for solenoid, toroid, coaxial
cables and transmission lines - Energy stored in magnetic fields - Force on a magnetic material - Lifting power of a magnet . (5+2)

MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS : Introduction – Faraday‘s Law – Transformer and Motional Electromotive Forces – Displacement
current – Generalized forms of Maxwell‘s equation in final forms – Time varying Potentials – Time –Harmonics fields. (5+4)

Total L: 45+T:30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sadiku M H, "Principles of Electromagnetics" , Oxford University Press Inc., New Delhi,2015.
2. William H Hayt, "Engineering Electromagnetics", McGraw Hill international Edition,New Delhi,2012.

REFERENCES :
1. David K Cheng,"Fields and Wave Electromagnetics", Pearson Education,2009.
2. Stanley V Marshall and Gabriel, Skitek G,"Electromagnetic Concepts and Applications", Prentice Hall, New Delhi,1996.

15L305 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION


2203
MEASUREMENT STANDARDS: Measurements. Significance of measurements-methods of measurements – Standards and their
classification. calibration- functional elements of a measurement system - errors in measurements and statistical analysis. (3+3)

INDICATING INSTRUMENTS: D‘ARSONAL Galvanometer- PMMC Mechanism- DC Ammeters and voltmeters- AC current and
voltage measurements-RLC measurements-using ac and dc bridges-measurement of incremental inductance and low
capacitances-AC voltmeters using rectifiers- digital voltmeters- Q meters-RF power and voltage measurement-high frequency
measurement of inductances and capacitances. (7+7)

INSTRUMENTS FOR SIGNAL GENERATION AND ANALYSIS: Introduction- Sine wave generator- frequency synthesized signal
generator-pulse and square wave generator-Wave analyzers-harmonic distortion analyzer-spectrum analyzer- heterodyne wave
analyzer-frequency counter and time interval measurement- Block diagram of General Purpose Oscilloscope Measurement of
voltage, current , phase and frequency using CRO. (6+6)

ANALOG AND DIGITAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS: Components of analog and digital data acquisition systems
Instrumentation Systems-Interfacing transducers to Electronic control and measuring instruments-Multiplexing-Types of multiplexing
systems-Uses of data acquisition systems-Use of recorders in digital systems-Digital recording systems-Input conditioning systems--
digital data acquisition systems digital display units-segmental display-liquid crystal displays. (5+5)

TRANSDUCERS: Classification of transducers-Selecting a transducer- strain gauges - Temperature Transducers - Linear Variable
Differential Transformer(LVDT), Advantages and Disadvantages –Capacitive Transducers, – Piezo-electric Transducers and
Optoelectronic Transducers. (5+5)

35
VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION: Introduction to Virtual Instrumentation – Basics of LabVIEW – FOR and WHILE loops – Structures
– Arrays and Clusters – Graphs and Charts – Introduction to DAQ – Data Acquisition with LabVIEW. (4+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Albert D Helfrich, Cooper. W.D.,‖ Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques‖ Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2009.
2. Sawhney A K,‖ A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and instrumentation‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,New Delhi,
2000.

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph J Carr,‖ Elements of Electronic Intrumentation and Measurement, Pearson Eduation, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Nakra B C and Choudhury K.k.,‖ Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Jovitha Jerome ,‖ Virtual Instrumentation Using LabView‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Garry M Johnson,‖ Lab View Graphical Programming‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15M070 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Definition – Nature – Scope and Significance of Economics for Engineers. (3)

DEMAND AND SUPPLY: Demand – Types – Determinants – Law of Demand – Elasticity of Demand – Types – Significance –
Supply – Market price determination – Case Study in Demand Forecasting –- Meaning – Methods – Consumer Survey – Trend
Projections – Moving average. (6)

COST AND REVENUE: Concepts – Classifications – Short run and long run cost curves – Revenue – Concepts – Measurement of
Profit.(Case Study) (6)

MARKET STRUCTURE: Perfect Competition – Characteristics – Price and output determination in short run and long run –
Monopoly – Price Discrimination – Monopolistic Competition – Product Differentiation – Oligopoly and Duopoly. (6)

MARKET FAILURE: Causes – Type of Goods – Rivalrous and Non-rivalrous goods – Excludable and Non-excludable goods –
Solutions – Government Intervention. (6)

MONEY AND BANKING: Money – Functions – Quantity Theory of Money - Banking - Commercial Banks – Functions – Central
Bank (RBI) – Functions – Case Study in Recent Development in Banking. (6)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Terms of Trade – Balance of Payments – Exchange rate determination – Methods of foreign payments –
International Institutions – IMF, IBRD. (6)

BUSINESS CYCLE AND NATIONAL INCOME: Meaning – Phases of business cycle - Inflation – Causes – Control measures
– Deflation - National Income – Concepts – Methods of calculating national income – Problems in calculating national income. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dewett. K.K, ―Modern Economic Theory‖, S. Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Lipsey & Chrystal, ―Economics‖, Oxford University Press, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. Paul A Samuelson & William, ―Economics‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Jhingan M.L ―Money, Banking, International Trade and Public Finance‖, Vrinda Publication, 2009.
3. Ahuja H.L, ―Macro Economic Theory and Policy‖, S.Chand and Co, New Delhi, 2010.
4. Francis Cherinullem ―International Economics‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

15L311 ANALOG ELECTRONICS LABORATORY


0021

1. Design and testing of rectifiers with and without filters.


2. Design and testing of Series voltage regulators.
3. Design and testing of BJT amplifiers.
4. Design and testing of FET amplifiers.
5. Design and testing of RC phase shift and Colpitt‘s oscillators.
6. Design and testing of Class AB and Class B amplifiers.
7. Design of Class C power amplifier.

36
8. Design of Astable multivibrators.
9. Design of Monostable and Bistable multivibrators.
10. Design of Schmitt Trigger.
11. Mini project.
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department, 2012.
2. Boylestad L Robert and Nashelsky Louis, ―Electronic Devices and circuits‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009

15L312 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY


0021

Design and testing of combinational and sequential circuits using digital IC‘s and HDL program
Combinational Circuits
1. Design and testing of Half adder and Full adder using basic gates.
2. Design and testing of Adder / Subtractor Circuits using 7483.
3. Design and testing of Code Converters for BCD to Gray conversion and BCD to Seven segment code conversion.
4. Design and testing of Magnitude Comparator.
5. Design and testing of Multiplexers/Demultiplexers using gates.

Sequential circuits
6. Design and testing of Shift Registers using D flip-flops.
7. Design and testing of Ring Counter and Johnson Counter.
8. Design and testing of Asynchronous Counters.
9. Design and testing of Synchronous Counter.
10. Design and testing of Sequence Detector .
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department, 2012.
2. Morris Mano, and M.D. Ciletti, ―Digital Design ", Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2008.

SEMESTER IV

15L401 PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES


3204
PROBABILITY: Probability axioms, conditional probability, law of total probability, Baye‘s theorem, independence. (4+4)

RANDOM VARIABLES: Discrete random variables – probability mass function, Bernoulli, Binomial, Poisson and Geometric random
variables, cumulative distribution function, expectations. Continuous random variables – probability density function, uniform,
exponential, Gaussian and Gamma random variables, expectations. (8+8)

PAIRS OF RANDOM VARIABLES: Joint cumulative distribution function, joint probability mass function, marginal probability mass
function, joint probability density function, marginal probability density function, expected values, independent random variables,
covariance, correlation and linear regression. (8+5)

SUMS OF RANDOM VARIABLES: Expected values of sums, probability density function of the sum of two random variables,
moment generating functions. (7+4)

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Types of stochastic processes – Poisson process, Brownian motion process, expected value and
correlation, stationary processes, wide sense stationary stochastic processes, cross- correlation, Gaussian processes. (10+6)

RANDOM SIGNAL PROCESSING: Linear filtering of a continuous-time stochastic process, Linear filtering of a random sequence,
power spectral density of a continuous-time process, power spectral density of a random sequence. (8+3)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75
TEXT BOOK
1. Roy D.Yates and David J Goodman, Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and
Computer Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES
1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Athanasios Papoulis and Unnikrishna Pillai S, Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley, Delhi, 2014.

37
15L402 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
3003
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS AND ITS CHARACTERISTICS: Operational Amplifier: Fundamental block diagram - Symbol -
Characteristics of an Ideal Operational Amplifier - Circuit schematic of µA741/TL082 - Operational Amplifier Characteristics: Open
loop gain - CMRR - Slew rate and transfer Characteristics - Input bias and Output offset voltages - Offset compensation techniques -
Frequency response characteristics - Stability - Limitations - Frequency compensation. (9)

APPLICATION OF OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers - Voltage Follower - Summing amplifier -
Differential amplifier-Log and antilog amplifier - Instrumentation amplifier - Integrator and Differentiator - Voltage to Current
converter - Phase changers - Sinusoidal Oscillators - Active filters - Low pass, high pass, band pass and band stop Butterworth
filters - Sample and Hold circuit - Precision diode Half Wave and Full wave rectifiers - . Comparator - Zero crossing detector -
Active peak detector, Clipper and Clamper - Square and Triangular waveform generators. (9)

555 FAMILY IC'S AND PHASE LOCKED LOOP: 555/7555 Timer Functional block diagram and description - Monostable and
Astable operation - Applications - 556 Voltage Controlled Oscillator - Function generator ICs. Functional Block Diagram - Principle
of operation - Building block of PLL - Characteristics - Derivations of expressions for Lock and Capture ranges - Applications:
Frequency Synthesis - Frequency Translation - AM and FM detection - Motor speed Control. (9)

A-D AND D-A CONVERTERS: Digital to Analog converters - Binary weighed and R-2R Ladder types - Analog to digital converters -
Continuous - Counter ramp, successive approximation, single, dual slope and parallel types - DAC/ADC performance characteristics
and comparison. (9)

VOLTAGE REGULATORS: Regulation - Need for voltage regulators - Series and Shunt regulators - Comparison - Current limiting
and protection circuits - Switched mode power supplies - IC Voltage regulators. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain "Linear Integrated Circuits", Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Sonde, B.S, ―Introduction to System Design using Integrated Circuits‖, Second Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi,
1994.

REFERENCES:
1. Gayakwad. A.R ―OP- AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits‖, Fourth edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Michael Jacob .J, ―Analog Integrated Circuits and Applications‖, First edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, April 2000.
3. Robert F Coughlin and Fedrick F Driscoll ―Operational amplifiers and linear Integrated Circuits‖, Fifth edition, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2001.

15L403 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS


4004
INTRODUCTION TO SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS: Continuous-time (CT) & Discrete-Time (DT) signals - Signal Operations - Basic
CT and DT signals - Representation of signals in terms of impulse function – Classification of CT & DT Signals –- Properties of CT
& DT systems. (10)

LINEAR TIME INVARIANT (LTI) SYSTEMS: Discrete time LTI systems: Convolution Sum – Continuous time LTI systems:
Convolution Integral – Properties of LTI systems – Unit step response and unit impulse response of LTI systems – LTI systems
represented by Linear Constant Coefficient differential and difference equations. (11)

FOURIER ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS: Representation of CT periodic signals by Continuous
Time Fourier Series (CTFS) - Convergence of CTFS – Properties of CTFS - Representation of CT aperiodic signals by Continuous
Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) – CTFT of CT periodic signals - Convergence of CTFT - Properties of CTFT - Response of CT LTI
systems to complex exponentials - Frequency response of systems characterized by differential equations. (11)

FOURIER ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS: Representation of DT periodic signals by Discrete Time
Fourier Series (DTFS) - Properties of DTFS - Representation of DT aperiodic signals by Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) –
DTFT of DT periodic signals - Convergence of DTFT - Properties of DTFT - Response of DT LTI systems to complex exponentials
- Frequency response of systems characterized by difference equations. (11)

SAMPLING: Representation of CT signals by samples – Impulse train sampling – Reconstruction of CT signal from samples using
interpolation - Effects of under sampling - Aliasing error. (6)

Z TRANSFORM ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS: z- transform - Properties of z transform – Inverse z-
transform: Long division, Partial fraction and Cauchy Residue methods - Analysis of LTI systems LTI system using z transform-
Stability and causality in z-domain - Solution of difference equations - Cauchy Residue Theorem. (11)

Total L: 60

38
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alan V Oppenheim, Alan S Willsky and S Hamid Nawab ―Signals and Systems‖,Second edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2010
2. Krishnaveni.V, Rajeswari.A, ―Signals and Systems‖, First Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Haykin. S and Barry Van Veen, ―Signals and Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 2012
2. Hsu.H.P, Rakesh Ranjan, ―Signals and Systems‖, Schaums‘s Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill , Second Edition, 2010.
3. Samir S. Soliman, Mandyam Dhati Srinath, ―Continuous and Discrete Signals and Systems‖, Second Edition, Prentice-Hall
International, 2011.
4. Luis F. Chaparro, ―Signals and Systems Using MATLAB‖ 1st Edition, Academic Press, An Imprint of Elsevier, 2011.

15L404 TRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVE GUIDES


3204

TIME VARYING FIELDS AND MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS: Review of vector analysis and coordinate systems ,Faraday‘s law for
electric and magnetic fields-Ampere‘s law – Maxwell‘s Equation in differential form and integral form for sinusoidal time variations.
(5+5)

PROPAGATION OF UNIFORM PLANE WAVES: The wave equation- uniform plane waves - Propagation in lossless and lossy
media - Power flow and Poynting Vector - Propagation in good conductors - Skin effect – Reflection and refraction of plane waves at
plane boundaries- surface of perfect dielectritor –perfect conductor. (8+5)
TRANSMISSION LINES: Introduction –The Lumped –element circuit model for a transmission line – Derivation of transmission line
equations-propagation constant, characteristic impedance - Smith Chart – Quarter-wave Transformer – Generator and load
mismatches-Lossy transmission lines. (8+5)

IMPEDANCE MATCHING AND TUNING: Matching with Lumped Elements- quarter wave transformer-Single-stubTuning,Double-
stubTuning. (8+5)

GUIDED WAVES: Separability of wave equation in spatial variables – existence of modes- the parallel plane waveguide, TM waves
- TE waves Waveguide losses - Phase and Group velocities. (8+5)

WAVEGUIDES AND CAVITY RESONATORS: Rectangular Waveguides – Modes - TM and TE waves - Waveguide losses-Fields
in a Rectangular cavity for TEMmnp mode - Q factor for TE10p mode. (8+5)

Total L: 45+T:30=75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Matthew N O Sadiku ,‖ Principles of Electromagnetic" ,Oxford University ―, 2015.
2. David M Pozar, ―Microwave Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Edward C Jordan and Keith G Balmain, ―Electromagnetic waves and Radiating systems‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
1998.
2. Skitek and Marshall, ―Electromagnetic concepts and applications‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Collin R E ―Field Theory of Guided Waves‖, New York, IEEE Press, 1991.
4. Ramo Whinnery J R, ―Fields and waves in communication electronics‖, John Wiley, 2011

15L405 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE


3204
INTRODUCTION: Computing and Computers, evolution of computers, VLSI era, system design- register level, processor level, CPU
organization, Data representation, fixed – point numbers, floating point numbers, instruction formats, instruction types. (9+6)

DATA PATH DESIGN: Fixed point arithmetic, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, combinational and sequential ALUs,
carry look ahead adder, Robertson algorithm, booth‘s algorithm, non-restoring division algorithm, floating point arithmetic,
coprocessor, pipeline processing, pipeline design, modified booth‘s algorithm (9+6)

CONTROL DESIGN: Hardwired Control, Micro programmed control, Multiplier control unit, CPU control unit, Pipeline control,
instruction pipelines and pipeline performance. (9+6)

39
MEMORY AND INPUT/OUTPUT ORGANIZATION: Basic Concepts – Memory Hierarchy – Main Memory – Auxiliary Memory –
Associative Memory – Cache and Virtual Memory Concepts – Input / Output Interface – Asynchronous Data Transfer – Modes of
Transfer – Direct memory Access – I/O Processor. (9+6)

SYSTEM ORGANIZATION: Communication methods, buses, bus control, bus interfacing, bus arbitration, IO and system control, IO
interface circuits, DMA and interrupts, vectored interrupts, PCI interrupts, pipeline interrupts, IOP organization, operation systems,
multiprocessors and fault tolerance. (9+6)

Total L: 45+T:30=75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Morris Mano M, ―Computer System and Architecture‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, Third edition, 2004.
2. Kai Hwang and Briggs F A, ―Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing‖, McGraw Hill International Edition, New Delhi,
1985.

REFERENCES:
1. Hayes J P, ―Computer Architecture and Organization‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Stallings W, ―Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for performance, Pearson Education, New Delhi, Seventh
Edition ,2005.
3. Patterson D and Hennessy J, ―Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface‖, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, Inc, Third edition, 2007.

15L411 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY


0021
Experiments to be designed using discrete components and ASLK PRO Lab Kit

1. Design and testing of Inverting, Non-Inverting Amplifiers, Summer, Subtractor, Differentiator and Integrator using op-amps.
2. Design and testing of Precision half wave and Full wave rectifiers using op-amps.
3. Design and testing of Logarithmic amplifier, Anti Logarithmic amplifier using op-amps.
4. Design and testing of Comparator, Zero crossing Detectors and Peak Detector and Schmitt trigger using op-amps.
5. Design of Astable and Monostable Multivibrator using IC 555 / 7555.
6. Design and testing of Active Analog Filters.
7. Design and testing of Voltage Controlled Oscillator
8. Design of D/A Converter using R-2R ladder network and A/D Convertor using flash type.
9. Design of Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
10. Design of Low Dropout (LDO) regulator
Total P: 30

REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department, 2012.
2. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain "Linear Integrated Circuits", Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Radhakrishna K Rao and C.P.Ravikumar ―Analog System Lab Kit Pro Manual‖

15L412 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LABORATORY


0021
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Generation of basic continuous-time (CT) signals i) unit impulse ii) unit step iii) ramp iv) exponential v) sinusoid vi) sinc vii)
square viii) signum ix) triangle
2. Generation of basic-discrete time (DT) signals i) unit impulse ii) unit step iii) ramp iv) exponential v) sinusoid vi) sinc vii) square
viii) signum ix) triangle
3. Basic operation on CT and DT signals i) time reversal ii) time shifting iii) time scaling iv) signal addition v) signal multiplication
vi) combination of various operations
4. Verification of system properties i) Memory ii) Causality iii) Linearity iv) Time Invariance
5. Computation of linear convolution of given signals
6. Computation of impulse response and step response of LTI systems
7. Study of Gibbs Phenomenon
8. Computation of CTFT of a continuous-time signal
9. Computation of DTFT of a discrete-time signal
10. Study of sampling and reconstruction
Total L: 30
REFERENCES:
1. ―Signals and Systems Lab Manual‖, Department of ECE, PSG CT.
2. Krishnaveni.V, Rajeswari.A, ―Signals and Systems‖, 1st Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd, 2012.

40
3. Luis F. Chaparro, ―Signals and Systems Using MATLAB‖ 1st Edition, Academic Press, Elsevier, 2011.

SEMESTER V

15L501 ANTENNAS AND WAVE PROPAGATION


3204
BASIC ANTENNA CONCEPTS: Types of antennas- Radiation mechanism- current distribution on a thin wire antenna- Antenna
parameters- Radiation Pattern, Beam solid angle, Radiation intensity, Radiation Power density, Directivity, Gain, Effective aperture,
Polarization, Bandwidth, Beam width, antenna impedance, Poynting vector-Friis Transmission formula, Duality of Antennas,
Antenna and Transmission lines, Radiation from a dipole antenna. (7+4)

SMALL ANTENNAS: Radiation fields of point source, infinitesimal dipole, and half-wave dipole, Radiation resistance, Directivity and
Design procedure. (7+4)

ANTENNA ARRAYS: Definition, Power patterns, Array of two point sources – Pattern multiplication, Broad side array, End fire
array, N-element linear array, Evaluation of null directions and maxima, amplitude distributions, Binomial arrays, Dolph-Chebychev
arrays. (8+6)

SPECIAL ANTENNAS: Design procedure and Selection of antenna based on frequency of operation and application , Yagi -Uda
antenna - Turnstile antenna - Log periodic antenna - Loop antenna- Radiation resistance, Directivity, helical antenna, normal mode
and axial mode. Phased array antennas - Rhombic antenna - Horn antenna - Reflector antennas and their feed systems- - Micro
strip antennas - Rectangular patch – transmission- line model - Quality factor - Bandwidth and Efficiency. (8+6)

ANTENNA MEASUREMENTS: Antenna ranges- Measurement of radiation pattern - Gain, directivity and impedance
measurements- Polarization measurements- scale model measurements. (7+4)

WAVE PROPAGATION: Propagation in free space - propagation around the earth - Surface wave propagation - structure of the
ionosphere - propagation of plane waves in ionized medium - determination of critical frequencies - maximum usable frequency -
effect of the earth‘s magnetic field – ionospheric variations – fading - tropospheric propagation - space wave propagation- super
refraction -refractive index of troposphere-scatter propagation. (8+6)

Total L: 45+T:30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Balanis E S, ―Antenna Theory Analysis and Design‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc, Singapore, 2010.
2. Prasad K D, ―Antennas and Wave Propagation‖, Satya Prakashan, Tech India Publications, New Delhi, 1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Harish A R and Scahidananda M, ―Antennas and Wave Propagation‖, Oxford University Press, Chennai, 2010.
2. Edward C Jordan, Keith G Balmain, ―Electromagnetic waves and Radiating systems‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.

15L502 ANALOG COMMUNICATION


3003
AMPLITUDE MODULATION SYSTEMS: Introduction – communication system model – Need for modulation - Amplitude
Modulation -DSB-FC - Bandwidth Requirements- Power relations - Suppressed carrier systems – DSB-SC, SSB-SC - Time and
Frequency domain description of AM techniques - Generation and detection of DSB-FC waves – Square-Law Modulator, Square-
Law Detector, Envelope Detector - Generation and detection of DSB-SC waves - Balanced Modulator, Ring Modulator, Coherent
detection –Costas Loop - Generation and detection of SSB-SC waves - Phase discrimination method, Coherent detection –
Vestigial Sideband Modulation - Comparison of AM systems. (9)

ANGLE MODULATION SYSTEMS: Introduction to Angle Modulation – FM and PM - Narrow band FM and Wideband FM - Phasor
representation of NBFM – Bandwidth requirements- Carson‘s Rule - Pre emphasis, De-emphasis - Generation and demodulation of
FM waves –Indirect and Direct FM generation, Balanced Frequency Discriminator and PLL demodulator, FM Stereo Multiplexing
(7)
TRANSMITTERS: Classification of transmitters - Block diagram of AM broadcasting transmitters- Low Level and High Level
transmitters - Pilot carrier technique - FM transmitters- Armstrong FM systems - Radio telemetry. (7)

RECEIVERS: Classifications of receivers - Block diagram – Receiver characteristics - Tuned radio frequency receiver - Super
heterodyne receiver - Merits and demerits of different receivers. Block diagram of FM receiver -Automatic frequency control -
Limiters - Diversity reception techniques - TDM and FDM. (7)

PULSE ANALOG MODULATION SCHEMES: Sampling process – Pulse-amplitude modulation – Pulse-Time modulation –
Bandwidth-noise trade off. (7)

41
NOISE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Shot Noise - Thermal noise - White Noise– Noise Calculations – Equivalent Noise
Bandwidth – Noise Figure – Effective Noise Temperature – Narrowband Noise representation- Noise in CW Modulation systems,
Noise in Linear Receiver using coherent detection, Noise in AM receivers using envelope Detection – Noise in FM receivers. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, Wiley Publication, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Kennedy G, ―Electronic Communication systems‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Taub and Schilling, "Principles of Communication Systems", McGraw Hill International edition, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Carlson A B, "Communication systems: An Introduction to signals and noise in electrical communication", McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2002.
3. Dennis John, Roddy and Coolen, ―Electronic Communications‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
4. Lathi B P, ―Introduction to Communication Systems‖, BS publications, New Delhi, 2001.

15L503 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS


3003
MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE AND INSTRUCTION SET: Functional block diagram and pin diagram of 8051- Power
supply, clock and reset circuit- Program Counter and ROM space in 8051-Program and Data Memory organization-addressing
modes. Instruction Set: data transfer, arithmetic and logical, program branching instructions and Boolean variable manipulation. (9)

ON-CHIP PERIPHERALS AND PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES: Parallel Port Structure and bit-manipulation programming,
timer/counter-Operating Modes-Programming 8051 Timers - Counter Programming-Serial Communication: Basics of Serial
Communication-UART-Operating Modes-RS232 Standards-8051 connection to RS232-Serial Port Programming. Interrupt: 8051
Interrupt- External and Internal Interrupts- Programming timer Interrupts, external hardware interrupts and serial communication
interrupts -Interrupt Priority and Programming. Power Saving Modes. (9)

OFF-CHIP PERIPHERAL INTERFACING AND PROGRAMMING: LED, 7-segment and LCD Interfacing, Push-to-On switch and
Matrix Keyboard Interfacing, ADC and Sensor Interfacing, Relay Interfacing, DC Motor and Stepper Motor Interfacing Techniques.
(9)
ARM ARCHITECTURE: ARM Cortex Fundamentals, Registers, Operation Modes, MPU, Memory Map, Instruction Set, Interrupts
and Exceptions, Vector Tables, NVIC Interrupt Controllers, General Purpose Registers, Stack Pointer, Special Registers, Cortex M
Implementation Overview, Pipelines, Detailed Block Diagram (9)

ARM ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING:Assembly basics, Instruction set development, Thumb-2 Technology, Unified
Assembler, Instruction Set Architecture Instruction list and descriptions, Processing data, Bit Fields, Useful and new instructions
(9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi, R.D. McKinlay,‖The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems‖, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
2. Joseph Yiu, ―The Definitive Guide to ARM Cortex M3‖, Second Edition, Newnes 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph Yiu, ―The Definitive Guide to ARM Cortex M3 and Cortex M4 Processors‖, First Edition, Newnes 2014.
2. Krishna Kant, ― Microprocessors and Microcontrollers- Architecture, programming and system design 8085, 8086, 8051,8096‖,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Kenneth J Ayala, ― The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture, Programming and Applications‖, Penram International
Publications, Mumbai India, 1996.
4. 8051 Microcontroller Datasheets and ARMv7-M Architecture Reference Manual (Issue E.b).

15L504 CONTROL SYSTEMS


3204
INTRODUCTION : Open loop and closed loop systems - Modelling of physical systems – Mechanical systems-Translational and
Rotational systems - Electrical networks - Block diagram – Signal flow graph - Mason's gain formula- Transfer function-example.
(8+4)

TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS: Standard Test signals – Time response of second order system - Time domain specifications - Types
of systems - Steady state error - error constants - Generalized error series - Feedback characteristics of control systems-
Introduction to PID Controllers. (8+4)

42
FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF SYSTEMS: Frequency domain specifications - Estimation for second order systems - correlation
between time and frequency response for second order systems. (3+2)

SYSTEM STABILITY: Characteristic equation - Routh Hurwitz criterion of stability - Absolute and Relative stability - Root Locus
– stablity analysis. (8+4)

FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS: Polar plots - Magnitude and phase angle curves - Straight line approximation - Corner
frequencies - Bode plots - Assessment of stability - Gain Margin and phase Margin Assessment – Lead, lag and Lead lag
compensation using Bode Plot - Nyquist stability analysis - Assessment of relative stability – Gain and Phase Margin. (9+8)

STATE SPACE ANALYSIS: Introduction to state space analysis - Phase variable and canonical forms - State transition
matrix - Solutions to state space equation - Controllability and Observability (Kalman‘s test) of systems. State space
representation of discrete time systems- controllability and observability. (9+8)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nagrath I J, and Gopal, M, ―Control Systems Engineering‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
2. C.Norman S Nise, ―Control System Engineering‖, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Ogata K, ―Modern Control Engineering‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Kuo B C, ―Automatic Control Systems‖, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
3. Katsuhiko Ogata, ―Discrete –Time Control Systems‖, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Smarahit Ghosh,‖ Control Systems Theory and Applications, Pearson Eduation Asia, New Delhi, 2012.

15L511 ANALOG COMMUNICATION LABORATORY


0021
1. Design and testing of Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation.
2. Study of DSB-SC Modulation and Demodulation.
3. Design and testing of Pre emphasis and De emphasis circuits.
4. Design and testing of Frequency Modulation and Demodulation.
5. Implementation and testing of Automatic Gain Control circuits.
6. Design and Testing of Single tuned amplifier
7. Frequency Response of Mixer Circuit.
8. Frequency Response of IF Amplifier.
9. Design and Testing of Audio Amplifier.
10. Study of TDM and FDM systems.
11. Simulation of Amplitude modulation and Demodulation.
12. Performance analysis of AM and FM systems in presence of noise

Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department, 2012.
2. Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, Wiley Publication, New Delhi, 2011.

15L512 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY


0021
Assembly Language Programming
1. Addition and Subtraction of single and multi byte data
2. Multiplication and Division of single and multi byte data
3. Searching the given number using Linear / Binary Search Algorithms
4. Sorting the given numbers using Bubble/Insertion Algorithms
5. Code Conversion Techniques
Interfacing Experiments
6. Interfacing Display Unit
7. Interfacing Keyboard Unit
8. Timer/Counter Interfacing Techniques
9. Software and Hardware Interrupts
10. UART Programming Techniques
11. Sensor Interfacing Techniques
12. Motor Interfacing Techniques
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi, R.D. McKinlay,‖The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems‖, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

43
2. Steve Furber, ―ARM System-on-Chip Architecture‖, Second Edition, Pearson Edition, 2012.

15L513 INNOVATION PRACTICES


0042
 Preparing a project – brief proposal including
 Problem Identification
 A Statement of system / process specifications proposed to be developed (Block diagram / concept tree)
 List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
 Cost benefit analysis
 Time line of activities
 A report highlighting the design finalization (based on functional requirements & standards ( if any) )

 A Presentation including the following


 Implementation Phase ( Hardware / Software / both )
 Testing and validation of the developed system
 Learning in the project
 Consolidated report preparation

SEMESTER VI

15L601 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
INTRODUCTION: Review of discrete time signals and discrete time systems - Sampling Theorem – z Transform – Inverse z
Transform – Difference equations – Transfer function of discrete time systems - Frequency response of discrete time systems. (8)

DISCRETE FOURIER TRANSFORM: Discrete Fourier Transform – Definition – Properties – Circular convolution - Overlap add
method and Overlap save method for computing convolution – Fast Fourier Transform – Radix 2 FFT – Decimation in time –
Decimation in frequency – Computing inverse DFT by doing a direct DFT. (10)

DESIGN OF DIGITAL FILTERS: Review of design techniques for analog low pass filters – Frequency transformation - IIR filters –
Properties – Design – Bilinear transformation and Impulse Invariant transformation - FIR filters – Characteristics of FIR filters with
linear phase – Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters – Design of FIR filters using Window functions. (12)

REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS: Direct, Cascade, Parallel and ladder realizations of IIR filters - Realization of FIR filters -
Realization of Linear phase FIR filters. (8)

EFFECTS OF FINITE REGISTER LENGTH: Input Quantization – Coefficient Quantization – Product Quantization – Signal Scaling
– Finite register length effects in realization of IIR digital filters - Finite register length effects in realization of FIR digital filters - Finite
register length effects in DFT and FFT computations. (10)

PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS: Introduction - Architecture of TMS320C54xx DSP - Addressing Modes -
TMS320C54xx Instructions and Programming: Arithmetic and Logical Operations - Study of TMS320C54xx Development kit –
Programs using Auxiliary Registers, Linear Convolution, Circular Convolution, Implementation of FIR low pass filter.
(12)

Total L: 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lonnie C Ludeman, ―Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing‖, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Avtar Singh and Srinivasan S, ‖Digital Signal Processing, Implementation using DSP Microprocessors with examples from
TMS320C54XX‖, Thomson/Brooks/Cole, California, United States, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Oppenheim A V, ―Discrete Time Signal Processing‖, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Vinay K Ingle and John G Proakis ,―Digital signal processing using MATLAB, Brooks / Cole, California, United States, 2010.
3. Texas Instruments Manuals for TMS 320C54X Volumes 1 to 5.
4. User Manual and Technical Reference of TMS320C54xx processor, Vi Microsystems, Chennai.

15L602 STATISTICAL THEORY OF COMMUNICATION


2203
RANDOM PROCESS: Review of probability Theory - Random variables - Operations on single and multiple random variables-
random process concept- stationarity - Ergodicity - First order markov process - Correlation - Auto and Cross Correlation functions -
Power spectral density (6+6)

44
OPTIMUM LINEAR SYSTEMS: I/O Relations of linear systems subjected to random inputs- Transmission of Gaussian process
through linear system - Linear Mean Square filtering - Physically realizable optimum system - Matched filtering.
(6+6)

CONCEPT OF INFORMATION THEORY: Memoryless Finite Schemes- Self information measure - Entropy function - Conditional
Entropies - Characteristics of Entropy function - Derivation of the noise characteristics of a channel - Mutual information -
Redundancy - Efficiency and channel capacity - capacities of channels with symmetric noise structure. (6+6)

ELEMENTS OF ENCODING: Separable binary codes - Shannon - Fano encoding - Necessary and sufficient conditions for
noiseless coding - Shannon‘s binary coding - fundamental theorem of discrete noise-less coding - Huffman's code - Gilbert Moore
coding - Fundamental theorem of discrete coding in presence of noise (6+6)

CONTINUOUS CHANNELS: Definitions of different entropies - Mutual information - Maximization of the entropy of a continuous
random variable - Entropy maximization problems - Channel capacity under the influence of additive white Gaussian Noise- Hartley
Shannon's Law - Trade - off between Bandwidth and SNR - Comparison of different modulation methods.
(6+6)
Total L: 30+T:30=60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reza F M, "An Introduction to information theory", McGraw Hill, New Delhi.2010.
2. Peebles P Z, "Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles", McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas M Cover and Thomas J A,‖ Elements of Information Theory‖, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2010.
2. Lathi B P, ―Modern Digital and Analog Communication System", Oxford University Press, New York, 2010.
3. Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, John Wiley Higher Education, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Popoulis, ―Probability, Random Variables & Stochastic Processes‖, McGraw Hill International Editions, New Delhi, 2002.

15L603 VLSI DESIGN


3003
OVERVIEW OF VLSI DESIGN METHODOLOGY: VLSI design process - Architectural design - Logical design - Physical design -
Layout styles -Full custom - Semi custom approaches. (4)

BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOSFET: nMOS and PMOS transistors- Threshold voltage - Threshold voltage equations
- MOS device equations - Basic DC equations - Second order effects - MOS modules - Small signal AC characteristics (4)

VLSI FABRICATION TECHNIQUES: An overview of wafer fabrication - Wafer processing - Oxidation - Patterning - Diffusion - Ion
implantation - Deposition - Silicon gate nMOS process - CMOS processes - nWell - PWell - Twin tub - Silicon on insulator - CMOS
process enhancements - Interconnect - Circuit elements (6)

LAYOUT DESIGN RULES: Need for design rules - Mead Conway design rules for the silicon gate nMOS process - CMOS
nWell/PWell design rules -Simple layout examples –NAND,NOR, CMOS inverter (3)

INVERTERS: nMOS inverter - Depletion mode and enhancement mode pull ups – Pseudo nMOS Inverter - CMOS inverter –
Transfer Characteristics – Noise Margins- Sheet resistance - Area Capacitance - Inverter delay – Power Dissipation- Need For Low
Power (6)

LOGIC DESIGN: Static CMOS logic - Pass transistor- transmission gate logic - NAND gate - NOR gate - Other forms of CMOS
logic - Dynamic CMOS logic - Clocked CMOS logic - Precharged domino CMOS logic - Structured design - Simple combinational
logic design examples - Parity generator – Multiplexes - Clocked sequential circuits - Two phase clocking - Charge storage -
Dynamic register element –D-Flipflop -Semistatic register - JK flip flop - Dynamic shift register (11)

SUBSYSTEM DESIGN PROCESS: Design of a 4bit shifter - General arrangement of a 4-bit arithmetic processor - Design of a
ALU subsystem - Implementing ALU functions with an adder - Carry look ahead adders - Multipliers - Serial parallel multipliers –
Pipelined multiplier array - Booth's algorithm.-Booth‘s Encoder-Modified Booth's algorithm. (11)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neil H E Weste and Kamran Eshranghian, ―Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A system Perspective‖, Addison Wesley, New
Delhi, 2009.
2. Jan M Rabaey and Anantha Chandrakasan, ―Digital Integrated Circuits- A Design Perspective‖, Prentice hall of India,New
Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Caver Mead and Lynn Conway, ―Introduction to VLSI Systems‖, Addison-Wesley, USA, 1980.
2. Douglas A Pucknell and Kamran Eshranghian, ―Basic VLSI Design‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011.

45
3. Amar Mukherjee, ―Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI System Design‖, Prentice Hall, USA, 1986.
4. Ajay Kumar Singh, ―Digital VLSI Design‖, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.

15L604 COMPUTER NETWORKS


3204
INTRODUCTION: Data Communications – Network Criteria- Network Types- Network Models- TCP/IP Protocol Suite, OSI Model.
Digital Transmission - Digital to Digital conversion- Transmission modes- Transmission Media - Multiplexing- Switching Techniques.
Connecting devices- Hubs, Switches, Routers, Gateways. (10+6)

DATA LINK LAYER: Nodes and Links- Link Layer Addressing- Error Detection and Correction – Cyclic Codes, Checksum, Forward
Error Correction. Data Link Control – DLC Services, DLC Protocols, HDLC, PPP. Media Access Control – Random Access,
Controlled Access, Channelization. Wired LAN – IEEE Standards, Ethernet Protocol, Standard Ethenet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit
Ethenet. Virtual LAN- Membership, Configuration, Communication between switches. (10+6)

NETWORK LAYER: Network Layer services- Packet switching- Network Layer performance – IPv4 addressing– Classful and
Classless addressing, Network Address Translation Network Layer Protocols – Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Internet
Protocol – IPv4, IPv6,ICMP- IPv6 Addressing - Unicast Routing algorithms and protocols– Multicast Routing protocols–-IGMP.
(10+8)
TRANSPORT LAYER: Transport Layer services – Protocols – Simple, Stop-and-wait, Go-Back-N, Selective Repeat, Piggybacking.
User Datagram Protocol – Packet format, services, applications,Transmission Control Protocol – Services, Features, Segment
format, Windows in TCP, Flow Control, Error Control, TCP Congestion Control, TCP Timers. Stream Controlled Transmission
Protocol – Services, Features, Packet Format, Flow and Error control.
(9+6)
APPLICATION LAYER: Services- Paradigms- Client Server Programming – World Wide Web- Hypertext Transfer Protocol- File
Transfer Protocol-Electronic Mail- Telnet- Domain Name system – Simple Network Management Protocol.
(6+4)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75


TEXT BOOKS:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan , ―Data Communication and Networking‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Kurose James F and Keith W. Ross, ―Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, ―Computer networks‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011.
2. William Stallings, ―Data and Computer Communication‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Comer D E, ―Internetworking with TCP/IP‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2013.
4. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, ―Computer Networks: A Systems Approach‖, Morgan Kauffmann Publishers Inc., 2012.

15L611 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY


0021
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Overlap add and overlap save method for performing Convolution.
2. Implementation of FFT algorithm.
3. Implementation of amplitude modulation schemes using Simulink.
4. IIR Filter Design using bilinear transformation and impulse invariant technique.
5. FIR Filter design using windows.
6. Study of coefficient quantization effects on the frequency response of digital filter.
7. Addition and multiplication using Digital Signal Processor.
8. Subtraction and division using Digital Signal Processor.
9. Implementation of linear convolution and circular convolution using Digital Signal Processor.
10. Implementation of FIR filter using Digital Signal Processor.
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. ―Digital Signal Processing Lab Manual‖, Department of ECE, PSG CT.
2. Vinay K Ingle and John G Proakis , ―Digital signal processing using MATLAB, Brooks / Cole, California, United States, 2010.
3. Texas Instruments Manuals for TMS 320C54X Volumes 1 to 5.
4. User Manual and Technical Reference of TMS320C54xx processor, Vi Microsystems, Chennai.

15L612 VLSI DESIGN LABORATORY


0021
1. Study of the characteristics of NMOS and PMOS transistors.
2. Design and Simulation of nMOS inverter, CMOS inverter and obtaining its transfer characteristics and Noise Margin.
3. Logic design using pass transistors, transmission gates and static CMOS logic.

46
4. Design and Simulation of dynamic CMOS circuits.
5. Design and Simulation of simple combinational circuits (encoder, multiplexer, code converters)
6. Design and Simulation of ALU subsystem-Adders, Multipliers.
7. Design and Simulation of sequential circuits (counters, shift registers)
8. Layout design of Digital logic circuits.
9. Design and Simulation of Memory cell.
10. Power analysis of Pseudo NMOS inverter and CMOS inverter.
Total P: 30

REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by ECE Department, 2012.
2. Neil H E Weste and Kamran Eshranghian, ―Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A system Perspective‖, Addison Wesley, New
Delhi, 2009.

15L613 EMBEDDED COMPUTING LABORATORY


0042

1. Serial Communication Protocols


a. I2C
b. CAN
c. Ethernet
2. Wireless Communication Protocols
a. Bluetooth
b. WiFi
3. Interface to External Memory Devices
a. SD Card (SPI)
b. Pen Drive (USB)
4. Porting Embedded Linux
5. Applications using IoT
Total P: 60

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph Yiu, ―The definitive guide to ARM Cortex M3 and Cortex M4 Processors‖, Newnes, 2014.
2. TIVA Series ARM Cortex M DataSheet
3. P. Raghavan, Amol Lad and Sriram Neelakandan,‖ Embedded Linux System Design and Development‖, Auerbach
Publications, USA, 2006.
4. Derek Molloy, ―Exploring BeagleBone: Tools and Techniques for Building with Embedded Linux‖, John Wiley & Sons, Canada,
2015

SEMESTER VII

15L701 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING


3003
INTRODUCTION: Microwave frequencies, Microwave systems, High frequency limitations of conventional tubes-Two cavity Klystron
and Reflex klystron – Magnetron oscillator- Microwave solid devices: Microwave Transistors – Gunn diode oscillators-microwave
network analysis-Scattering matrix. (8)

THEORY AND DESIGN OF FERROMAGNETIC COMPONENTS: Basic properties of ferrite material,plane wave propagation in
Ferrite medium, Ferrite Isolators, Ferrite Phase Shifters, Ferrite Circulators, Active Microwave Circuits: Detectors and Mixers, (6)

MICROWAVE RESONATORS: Series and Parallel Resonant Circuits, Transmission Line Resonators (6)

POWER DIVIDERS AND DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS: Basic Properties of Dividers and Couplers,T-Junction Power Divider,
Quadrature Hybrid Couplers. (6)

MICROWAVE FILTERS: Filter Design by the Insertion Loss Methods, Filter Transforms, Filter Implementation. (6)

DESIGN OF MICROWAVE AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS: Characteristics of RF Transistors, Gain and Stability, Single- Stage
Transistor Amplifier Design, Oscillator Design. (8)

47
MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Simplified microwave system – need for diversity-frequency and space diversity-
Microwave radio stations-system gain. (5)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David M Pozar, ―Microwave Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Singapore, 2011.
2. Liao Y S, ―Microwave devices and circuits, ―Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,2008.
REFERENCES:
1. Reinhold Ludwig and Pavel Bretchko, ―RF Circuit Design‖ Pearson Education, Asia Publication, NewDelhi,2011.
2. Collin R E, ―Foundations of Microwave Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., Singapore, 2011.
3. Gonzalez G, ―Microwave Transistor amplifiers – Analysis & Design‖, Prentice Hall inc., New Delhi, 1997.
4. Tomasi W,‖Advanced Electronics communication System‖,Prentice Hall Inc, New Delhi,2005.

15L702 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION


3003
INTRODUCTION: Sources and Signals – Basic Signal Processing Operations in Digital Communication – Channels for Digital
Communication. (5)

QUANTIZATION AND ENCODING: Signal sampling, PCM generation and recovery using match filter - Analysis of uniform and
non uniformquantizers - Delta modulation - Analysis of delta modulators - Delta sigma and adaptive delta modulators - Linear
predictive coding - DPCM - Comparison of PCM and DM on the basis of speech signal (8)

ERROR CONTROL CODING: Parity check codes - Linear block codes - systematic codes - Polynomial representation of code
structures - cyclic codes - convolution codes - Decoding algorithms, turbo codes (9)

BASEBAND SIGNALLING TECHNIQUES: Need for line shaping of signals, Signaling formats - RZ/NRZ, Duo binary, Split phase
(Manchester) and High density bipolar coding - Scrambling and unscrambling - channel equalization, tapped delay line and
Transversal filters. (9)

DIGITAL DATA TRANSMISSION: Concept of base band signaling - Detection using matched filters for signals via AWGN
channels - Analysis of coherent and non coherent detection Schemes for ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK - M-arysignaling - Quadriphase
system. (8)

SYNCHRONISATION: Need for synchronization - Synchronization methods - Bit, word and frame synchronization - Introduction to
Spread Spectrum Techniques - Synchronization using PN Sequences. (6)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bernard Sklar, ―Digital Communications- Fundamentals and applications‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Simon Haykin, "Digital Communications", John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Singapore, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Lathi B P "Modern Digital and Analog communication Systems", Oxford University Press, 2010.
2. Proakis J G, ―Digital Communications‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008
3. Taub and Schilling D, "Principles of communication systems", McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008
4. Sam Shanmugam K, "Digital and Analog communication systems", John Wiley Inc., Singapore, 2008

15L703 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION


3003
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to wireless communication systems-Modern wireless communication systems: 2G - 3G- 4G cellular
networks –WLAN-PAN- Cellular concept- system design fundamentals Handoff Strategies- Interference and system
capacity,Improving Coverage and Capacity. (9)

MOBILE RADIO PROPAGATION: Free space propagation model, Three basic propagation mechanisms, Reflection-Two-Ray
model, Diffraction – Knife-edge diffraction model, Scattering, Log-normal shadowing, Okumara model, Hata model, Log-distance
path loss model. (9)

WIRELESS CHANNEL MODELING : Small-scale multipath propagation, Parameters of mobile multipath channels, Types of small
scale fading, Rayleigh and Ricean distribution, Physical modeling for wireless channels - Input /output model of the wireless channel
- Time and frequency coherence - Statistical channel models. (9)

48
MODULATION AND MULTIPLE ACCESS SCHEMES : OFDM Modem, Spread Spectrum Systems, RAKE receiver-Access
methods - FDMA, TDMA - CDMA -SDMA and CSMA, Diversity Techniques (9)

CAPACITY OF WIRELESS CHANNELS: AWGN channel capacity – capacity of flat fading channels , Frequency-selective fading
channels,Downlink channel capacity, Uplink channel capacity, MIMO multiuser system (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, ―Wireless Communications‖, Pearson Education, Asia , Second Edition, 2003.
2. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath, ―Fundamentals of Wireless Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Kamilo Feher, ―Wireless Digital Communications, Modulation & Spread Spectrum Applications‖, PHI, 1999.
2. Samuel Y. Lee, ―Mobile Communication Engineering‖, McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Andrea Goldsmith ,‖Wireless Communciations‖, Cambridge University Press,2005

15L704 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING


3003
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Environmental Engineering –– Environment (Protection) Act , 1986 – Environmental Ethics: –
Unifying Theories – Materials Balances – Energy Balances – Environmental Impact Assessment .
(6)
ECOSYSTEM AND BIODIVERSITY: ECOSYSTEMS: Human Influences on Ecosystems – types of ecosystem--Energy and Mass
Flow – Nutrient Cycles –Biodiversity – Values and Benefits of Biodiversity – hot-spots of Biodiversity--Threat to Biodiversity –
Conservation of Biodiversity (10)

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Water pollution—definition—causes—efforts—control measures- – Water (Prevention and


Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 – Engineered Water Quality Systems – Physical Treatment Method: Sedimentation – Chemical and
Physicochemical Treatment Method: Disinfection – Biological Waste Water Treatment-Activated Sludge .Air pollution-- definition—
causes—efforts—control measures Nature of Air Pollution Problems: Criteria Pollutants, Hazardous Air Pollutants, Acid Deposition,
Petrochemical Smog, Indoor Air Quality and Global Change – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 - Air Pollutant
Emissions and Controls. Noise pollution-- definition—causes—efforts—control measures – Sound Power and Intensity –Relative
Scale of Sound Pressure Levels – Characterization of Noise - . Effects of Noise on People, Effects on Performance, Noise Control:
Source-Path-Receiver Concept: Control of Noise Source by Design, Noise Control in Transmission Path, Control of Noise Source by
Redress, Protect the Receiver (10)

ELECTRONIC WASTE MANAGEMENT: Introduction to E waste--–E waste hazards—components of E waste—E waste concerns
and challenges—E waste management--the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive – the RoHS directive –
WEEE health and safety implications – materials used in manufacturing electrical and electronic products: RoHS Prescribed
Materials - Soldering and the Move to Lead-free Assembly – Printed Circuit Board Materials – Materials Composition of WEEE:
Mobile Phones – Television – Washing Machines. (10)

RADIATION HAZARDS - Basic definition of RF and microwave radiation hazards- Occupational exposure- public exposure-
precautions- Non ionizing radiation- Biological effects- - safe levels for exposure-Guidelines- SAR- emission due to transmission
towers- EMC and EMI—causes—methods of reducing interference—shielding--grounding. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mackenzie L. Davis, and David A. Cornwell, ―Introduction to Environmental Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Gilbert M Masters, ―Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Mallick M. R., ―Environment Laws‖, Professional Book Publishers, New Delhi, 2012.
2. William W. Nazarodd and Lisa Alvarez-Cohen, ―Environmental Engineering Science‖, Wiley-India, New Delhi, 2010.
3. R. E. Hester and R. M. Harrison, ―Electronic Waste Management‖, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2009.

49
15L711 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LABORATORY
0021
1. Study of Klystron oscillator characteristics.
2. Study of GUNN diode characteristics
3. Study of Directional Coupler characteristics
4. Determination of VSWR and reflection coefficient.
5. Study of radiation pattern of horn antenna
6. Determination of radiation pattern and return loss of planar antenna.
7. Study of measurement of S-parameters of micro strip components using vector network analyzer
8. Study of Signal generator and analyzer.
9. Study of Network Analyser.
10. Design and simulation of RF planar filter.
11. Design and simulation of RF amplifier
12. Mini project.
Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. David M Pozar, ―Microwave Engineering‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Singapore, 2011.
2. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department of ECE, 2012

15L712 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION LABORATORY


0021
1. Design and Implementation of PCM and DPCM
2. Design and Implementation of Delta modulator, Adaptive Delta Modulator for speech signals
3. Determination of Power spectral density of different type of Line codes
4. Design of Scramblers and descramblers
5. Design and Implementation of Tapped-Delay equalizer
6. Design and implementation of Linear Block Coder and decoder
7. Design and implementation of Cyclic Coder and decoder
8. Design and implementation of Convolution Coder and decoder
9. Design and analysis of error performance of Digital Modulation Schemes(ASK, PSK,FSK& DPSK)
10. Study of Spread Spectrum Systems using DSSS ,FHSS

Total P: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department of ECE, 2015.
2. Simon Haykin, "Digital Communications", John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Singapore, 2011.
3. Dennis Silage,‖ Digital Communication Systems Using MATLAB and Simulink‖ , 2009.

15L720 PROJECT WORK I


0042
 Identification of a real time problem in thrust areas
 Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
 Finalization of system requirements and specification
 Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey
 Future trends in providing alternate solutions
 Consolidated report preparation of the above

SEMESTER VIII

15L820 PROJECT WORK II


0 0 16 8
 Identification of a real time problem in thrust areas
 Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem
 Finalization of system requirements and specification
 Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey
 Future trends in providing alternate solutions
 Consolidated report preparation of the above

50
LANGUAGE ELECTIVES

15M080 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS


3003
COMMUNICATION CONCEPTS: Process of Communication – Inter and Intrapersonal Communication – Essentials for
effectiveness (4)

FOCUS ON SOFT SKILLS: Etiquette – Work Place etiquette – Telephone etiquette- Body Language – Persuasive Communication-
Public Speaking – Critical Reasoning and Conflict Management based on Case Studies – Group Communication- Meetings-
Interview Techniques (14)

TECHNICAL WRITING: Technical Writing Principles - Style and Mechanics -Genres of Technical Writing – Technical Definitions –
Physical, Functional and Process Descriptions -– Technical Report Writing – Preparing Instructions and Manuals– Interpretation of
Technical Data (10)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: Writing Emails, Preparing Resumes, Memos, Technical and Business Proposals (7)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION: Seminars, Process Description and Group Discussions, Use of Visual Aids. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Jeff Butterfield,‖Soft Skills for Everyone‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Jean Naterop B and Rod Revell, ―Telephoning in English‖, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011.
3. David A Mc Murrey and Joanne Buckley,‖ Handbook for Technical Writing‖, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
4. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15M081 BASIC GERMAN

3003
INTRODUCTION: German Culture, Tradition, Universities and Companies , Alphabets, Greetings, Countries, Nationalities and
Languages. (3)

VOCABULARY: Context related to School, University, Professions, Family, Supermarket, Food and Bevearages, Entertainment,
Celebrations, Weather. (4)

GRAMMAR: Noun forms – Singular , Plural; Gender Introduction, Articles, Personal Pronouns and Possessive Pronouns in
Nominative , Accusative and Dativ cases. Usage of Adjectives. Time related forms - Formal & informal expressions. Usage of
adverbs, daily routines, related verbs and question words. Related vocabulary and grammar. Simple dialogues and exercises. Verbs
–Verb conjugation, Helping verbs , subject – verb agreement ,Regular and Irregular verbs, Modal verbs.and their related
grammatical structure. (16)

GENERAL USAGE: Number system, Question words, Statements and Questions, Negation: nicht/kein. Imperatives Simple
dialogues, Exercises. (5)

SYNTAX: Word order and sentence formation. Practice with mini –dialogues. (4)

COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Conversing in formal and informal situations, Dialogue writing, Letter writing, Email writing,Invitations
and Telephone conversations. (7)

PRACTICALS: Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. (6)


Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache) - Rosa-Maria Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Til Schönherr - Max Hueber
Verlag, 2004.
2. Grundkurs Deutsch - Roland Schäpers, Renate Luscher, Manfred Glück, 1980.
3. Lernziel Deutsch - Wolfgang Hieber - Max Hueber Verlag, 1983.

51
4. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn and Silke Demme, Studio d A1, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

15M082 BASIC FRENCH


3003

INTRODUCTION (2)

UNITÉ-1: Faire connaissance – inviter et répondre à une invitation – décrire les personnes- articles définis et indéfinis – genre
etnombre des noms et des adjectifs- interrogation et négation – conjugaison du présent. Paris monuments et lieux publics – la vie
de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. (10)

UNITÉ-2: Exprimer l‗ ordre et l‗obligation demander et commander – evaluer et apprécier- féliciter et remercier – articles partitifs -
adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de l‗imperatif verbes pronominaux – une région
deFrance la Bourgogne – vie quotidienne à la compagne. (11)

UNITÉ-3: Raconter et rapporter – donner son avis – se plaindre et réprimander – expliquer et justifier – pronoms compléments –
futur proche – passé composé et imparfait. Plusieurs régions de France – différents univers sociaux. (11)

UNITÉ-4: Demander l‗autorisation – interdire – formuler des projects – discuter et débattre. Pronoms < en > et < y > – pronoms
relatifs et superlatifs – conjugaison du futur – présent continu et passé récent.La vie administrative et régionale – problems
economiques et écologiques – traditions et modernité. (11)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Christine Andant etal., ―A propos (livre de l eleve)‖, LANGERS, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Mathurin Dondo,‖Dondo Modern French Course‖, Oxford University Press, Great Britain, 1997.
2. Margaret Lang and Isabelle Perez, ― Modern French Grammar‖, Paris, 1996.

15M083 BASIC JAPANESE 3003

Orientation Session, Geographic & Socio, economic perspective to Japan, Japanese people and culture and Basic greetings and
responses. (3)

Basic script, Method of writing hiragana and katakana, and Combination sounds and simple words. (3)

Topic marker ―wa‖, Desu / dewa arimasen cupolas, Interrogative particle ―ka‖, Grammar particles ―mo‖, ―no‖, ‗‗
Introducing some one: ―Kochira wa ~― and Self introductions: Hajimemashite‖ (3)

Demonstratives ―Kore‖, ―Sore‖, ―Are‖, Demonstrative ―Kono‖, ―Sono‖, ―Ano‖ , Possessive noun particle ―no‖ and
Japanese apartments: Greeting your neighbour (2)

Place marakers ―Koko‖, ―Soko‖, ―Asoko‖, Direction markers ―Kochira‖, ―Sochira‖, ―Achira‖ and Japanese department
stores: Asking for and buying something (2)

Asking for and telling the time, Paticle ―ni (at)‖ for time, kara (from) ~ made (until), Particle ―to (and)‖, Time periods:
Days of the week, months, time of day, Verbs (Present / future and past tense) and Telephone enquiry: Asking for a
phone no. And business hours (2)

Destination particle ―e‖, Particles ―de (mode of transportation)‖ and ―to (with) and Japanese train station: Asking for
Fare and track no. / types of trains (2)
Direct object particle ―o‖, Particle ―de (place of action)‖ , Verbs (―~masen ka‖, ―~mashou‖) and ―Ohanami‖ Cherry
blossom viewing (2)

Particle ―de (by means of)‖ , Particle ―ni (to)‖, ,Aaemasu (give) and Moraimasu (receive) and Visiting a Japanese
House (2)

Adjectives (―i‖ and ―na‖ type), Adjectives (Positive and negative useage), Particle ―ga (however, but), ―Dore which?)‖ and
Leaving a
room, thanking some one for hospitality (2)

Likes and dislikes, Potential verbs (wakarimasu and dekimasu), ―Kara ( ~ because)‖, Adverbs and Asking some one out over the
Phone (2)

Verbs denoting presence: ―Imasu‖ and ―arimasu‖, Particle ―ni (in)‖, ―Dare (who?)‖ , Adverbs (―Chikaku ni ~―), Particle
―dare mo (negative ~ no one)‖ , Dare ka (anyone), dare ga (who) , Nani ka (anything) , nani ga (what) - ~ya

52
(and) ~ nado (etc.) and Asking for directions (2)

Counters and Counting suffixes (2)

Introduction to Adjectives (na and ii type), Different usages of adjectives, Comparison, Likes and dislikes and Going to a trip (2)

Need and desire (ga hoshii), Wanting to … (Tabeti desu), Going for a certain purpose (mi –ni ikimasu) and Choosing from a menu
(2)

Verb groups, I, II and III and Exercises to group verbs (2)

Please do (te kudasai), Present continuous tenses (te imasu), Shall I? ( ~ mashou ka) and Describing a natural
phenomenon (It is raining) (2)

To grant permission (~te mo ii desu), Asking for permission ( ~ te mo ii desu ka) and Should not do ( ~ te wa ikemasen) (2)

Describing a continuing state and Describing a habitual action (2)

Roleplays in Japanese (2)

A demonstration on usage of chopsticks and Japanese tea party (2)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Minna no nohongo – Romaji ban (first 10 lessons of this book), 3A Corporation, Tokyo, 2000.

REFERENCE:
1. Minna no Nihongo, Honsatsu Roma – ji ban (Main Textbook Romanized Version), International publisher , 3A Corporation,
Tokyo, Indian distributor – Goyal Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 2007.

OPEN ELECTIVES

MATHEMATICS

15OH01 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA


3003
VECTOR SPACES: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and
dimension, row space, column space and null space. (8)

INNER PRODUCT SPACES: Inner products, length and angle in inner product spaces, orthonormal bases, Gram- Schmidt
process, orthogonal matrices, QR decomposition, best approximation- least square. (12)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformation - kernel and range, matrices of linear transformations, change of
basis, rank and nullity. (12)

EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonal diagonalization, quadratic
forms, application of conic sections, quadratic surfaces - discrete dynamical systems. (13)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2011.
2. David C Lay , Linear Algebra and its Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Gareth Williams, Linear Algebra with Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH02 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES


3 003
GROUPS: Groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets and Lagranges‘s theorem, normal subgroups and quotient groups,
homomorphisms, isomorphisms, Cayley‘s theorem. (15)

53
CODING THEORY: Group codes, the communication model and basic notions of error correction, generation of codes by using
parity checks - error recovery in group codes. (5)

RINGS: Rings, sub-rings, properties of rings, integral domain, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. (12)

FIELDS: Fields, roots of polynomials, construction of straightedge and compass. (13)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Michael Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Cengage learning pvt ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Bernard Kolman, Robert C Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

15OH03 CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS AND TENSOR ANALYSIS


3003
CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Basic concepts, method of variations in problems with fixed boundaries - variation and its
properties, Euler equation. (12)

FUNCTIONALS: Functional involving first and higher order derivatives, functionals dependent on the functions of several
independent variables, variational problems in parametric form – applications: vibrating string and membrane. (12)

VECTOR ANALYSIS : Basic concepts – gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, potential vector field, solenoidal vector
field, Laplacian vector field. Green‘s theorem, Stoke‘s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (statement and concepts only) ( 7)

TENSOR ANALYSIS: Concepts of a tensor field – Ostrogradski‘s theorem, field of tensor of rank 2 - flux, divergence and derivative
in a direction of tensor field. Integral theorems - theorems related to Ostrogradski‘s theorem – applications: equation of motion of a
liquid, Archimedes‘ law. (14)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elsgolts .L, Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, University Press of the Pacific, 2003.
2. Borisenko .A.I, Tarapov.I.E, Vector analysis and Tensor Calculus, Dover Publications, New York, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Krasnov.M.L, Makarenko.G.I, Kiselev. A.I, Problems and exercises in the calculus of variations, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1984.
2. Pars.L.A., An introduction to the calculus of variations, Dover Publications, New York, 2009.
3. Robert Weinstock, Calculus of variations - with applications to Physics and Engineering, Dover Publisher, New York, 2012.

15OH04 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS


3003
GRAPHS AND DIGRAPHS: Common families of graphs, degree sequence, handshaking lemma, Havel-Hakimi theorem (statement
and concepts). Walk, trail and path, connected graph, distance, radius and diameter. Graph isomorphism. Representations of
graphs – adjacency and incidence lists – adjacency and incidence matrices. (10)

SPANNING TREES: Cayley‘s formula: Prufer encoding-decoding algorithm. Matrix tree theorem (statement and problems only).
Depth-first and breadth-first search algorithms, minimum spanning tree – Prim‘s and Kruskal‘s algorithms, shortest-path problem –
Dijkstra‘s algorithm. (9)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian graphs – Konigsberg bridge problem; Eulerian tour algorithm, characterization
of Eulerian graph, optimal postman tour. Hamiltonian graphs - non Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs
(only statements and concepts).Travelling salesman problem - nearest neighbour algorithm. (10)

VERTEX-COLORING: Vertex-coloring - chromatic number of a graph, vertex coloring algorithms – sequential vertex coloring,
largest degree first algorithm, applications - scheduling problem, assignment of radio frequencies, fast register allocation for
computer programming. (8)

NETWORK FLOWS AND APPLICATIONS: Flows and cuts in networks, solving the maximum - flow problem – characterization of
maximum flow (Max-flow Min-cut Theorem), algorithms – outline for maximum flow, finding an augmenting path, FFEK – maximum
flow and examples. (8)
Total L: 45

54
TEXTBOOKS:

1. Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, New York, 2006.
2. Douglas B West, Graph Theory, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Bondy J.A. and Murty U.S.R., Graph Theory, Springer, London, 2008.
2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering And Computer Science, Prentice Hall , New Delhi 2010.
3. Vago I, Graph Theory Application to the Calculation of Electrical Networks, Elsevier Science, New York 1985.

15OH05 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE


3003
FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS: Basic terminology, assumptions, derivative securities. (6)

FORWARD AND FUTURES CONTRACTS: Forward contract, forward price formula, value of a forward contract, futures contract,
futures pricing. (12)

OPTION PRICING: Definition and preliminaries, behavior of option prices with respect to variables, pay-off curves, single period and
multi period binomial lattice models for option pricing, pricing American options: a binomial lattice model, Black-Scholes formula.
(12)

RISK FREE ASSETS: Time value of money, Simple interest, periodic compounding, streams of payments, continuous
compounding. Money market: zero coupon bonds, coupon bonds, money market account. (9)

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Risk and return, expected return standard deviation as risk measure, two securities, risk and
expected return on a portfolio. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chandra S, Dharmaraja S, Aparna Mehra and Khemchandani R, Financial Mathematics – An Introduction, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance – An Introduction to Financial Engineering, Springer, United
Kingdom, 2011

REFERENCES:
1. John C Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009.
2. Alhabeeb M J, Mathematical Finance, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Sheldon M Ross, An elementary introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

15OH06 MATHEMATICAL MODELING AND SIMULATION


3003
SYSTEM MODELS AND STUDIES: System- continuous and discrete system, system modeling, types of models - static physical,
dynamic physical, static mathematical, dynamic mathematical models, principles in modeling, corporate model, environment,
production, management segment, system analysis – corporate model, system design – message processing in a computer, system
postulation – function of liver in the human body. (10)

SYSTEM SIMULATION: Technique of simulation, Monte Carlo Method – area under a curve, estimate of , comparison of
simulation and analytical methods, distributed lag models – national economy, cobweb Models – supply and demand, exponential
growth and decay models, logistic curves, simple system dynamics diagrams – population, multi-segment models – product sales,
representation of time delays, feedback in socio-economic systems, host and parasite fluctuation. (12)

STATIC SIMULATION: Basics and components of the simulation study, simulation as an analysis tool, static simulations - model
for profit on a sale promotion, a financial model for an office building. Random number generation - linear congruential generator,
Blum-Blum generator, random variates generation - Bernoulli, uniform, triangular, normal, exponential random variates, a model for
loss ratio for an insurance agency. (15)

DYNAMIC SYSTEMS SIMULATION: Financial models and @risk - a model for the price of a stock, dynamic financial models of
stock prices, correlated asset values, fitting a distribution to date. (8)

Total L:45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Andrew F.Seila, Vlatko Ceric, Pandu Tadikamalla, Applied simulation modelling, Thomson learning, New York 2003.

55
REFERENCES:
1. Brian Albright, Mathematical Modeling with Excel, JonesBartlett publishers, Singapore 2010
2. Douglas D. Mooney and Randall J. Swift, A course in Mathematical modeling, The Mathematical association of America, USA,
1999.
3. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London,2010.

15OH07 NUMBER THEORY FOR COMPUTING


3003
DIVISIBILITY AND DIOPHANTINE EQUATIONS: Theory of divisibility - Basic concepts and properties of divisibility, fundamental
theorem of arithmetic, Euclid‘s algorithm, continued fractions. Diophantine equations - Linear Diophanitine equations (8)

ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRIME NUMBERS: Multiplicative functions – functions ( ) ( ) and s(n)
- functions (n), and (n). Prime distribution function  (x), prime number theorem, the nth prime. (10)

THEORY OF CONGRUENCES: Basic concepts and properties of congruences -– linear congruences – Fermat‘s Little theorem,
Euler‘s theorem, Chinese remainder theorem, Legendre and Jacobi symbols, primitive roots. (7)

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY: Primality testing: Fermat‘s pseudoprimality test, strong pseudoprimality test, integer
factorization : trial division and Fermat method, quadratic and number field sieves. (10)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Random number generation - linear congruential generator, public key cryptography: discrete logarithm based
cryptosystems - RSA public-key cryptosystem. (10)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Song Y Yan, Number Theory for Computing, Springer Verlag, New York 2010.
2. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Tom M Apostol, Introduction to Analytic Number theory, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi 1998.
2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S Zuckerman, Hugh L Montgomery, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Wiley- India,New Delhi
2008.
3. Thomas Koshy, Elementary Number theory and Applications, Academic Press, New York, 2005.

15OH08 OPERATIONS RESEARCH


3003
LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Modeling with linear programming- graphical method - simplex method, two phase simplex method.
Primal-dual relations, dual simplex method, transportation problem and its solution by MODI method, assignment problem and its
solution by Hungarian method. (14)

GAME THEORY: Two person zero sum game, pure and mixed strategies, dominance principle, graphical solution, linear
programming solution. (7)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Constrained NLPP -Lagrange‘s multipliers method, convex NLPP- Kuhn-Tucker conditions,
Quadratic programming-Wolfe‘s method. (8)

QUEUING THEORY: Elements of queueing model, relationship between exponential and Poisson queueing models, (M/M/1),
(M/M/1/N), (M/M/c), (M/M/c/N) and self-service model. (9)

REPLACEMENT THEORY: Replacement of items that deteriorate, replacement of items that fail, group replacement. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Maurice Sasieni, Arthur Yaspan , ―Operations Research: Methods and Problems‖, Literary Licensing, LLC, United states, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Hillier F and Lieberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice‖, New Age International, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East West Press, New Delhi, 2005.

56
15OH09 RELIABILITY AND QUALITY CONTROL
3003
STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL: Chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical basis of the control charts -
basic principles, choice of control limits, analysis of patterns on control charts. (7)

CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES: ̅ chart, R chart, chart, p chart, np chart, c chart, and u chart .
(10)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Types of sampling plans, lot formation, single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple and
sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables, chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip lot sampling plans. (10)

BASIC RELIABILITY MODELS: The failure distribution, the reliability function, mean time to failure, Hazard rate function, bathtub
curve, conditional reliability. Constant failure rate model: Exponential reliability function. Time - dependent Weibull failure model,
Time - dependent normal failure model. (10)

RELIABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series, parallel systems - k out of n: system -
system structure function, minimal cuts, minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices. (8)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Douglas C Montgomery , Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Charles E. Ebeling, Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering,Tata Mc –Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Dale H Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education , New Delhi, 2008.
3. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2006.

15OH10 SOFT COMPUTING


3003
FUZZY SETS: Basic concepts, membership functions, basic operations on fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations.
Propositional logic and predicate logic, fuzzy If-then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy implication functions. (15)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts, neural network architectures - single layer, multilayer, recurrent networks, learning
methods, back propagation network. (15)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts, encoding, fitness function, reproduction, inheritance operators, cross over, inversion and
deletion, mutation operator, bit-wise operators, generational cycle. (10)

HYBRID SYSTEMS: Genetic algorithm based backpropagation networks, fuzzy backpropagation networks. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jang J.S.R, Sun C.T, Mizutani. E, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI New Delhi, 2012
2. Rajasekaran.S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications, PHI
New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications - ED3, Wiley, India, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture Algorithms and Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2004.

15OH11 STOCHASTIC MODELS


3003

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, Markov chains: Classifications of states, absorbtion probability, period, Chapman-
Kolmogorov equations, steady state probabilities. (12)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Definition, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, Kolmogorov forward and backward
equations, steady-state probabilities, birth - death processes. (9)

BROWNIAN MOTION: First passage time distribution, maximum of a Brownian motion, zeros of Brownian motion, Brownian motion
with drift, Geometric Brownian motion, applications to finance. (10)

57
QUEUEING MODELS: Basic definitions, steady-state solution: M/M/1, M/M/1/K, M/M/c, M/M/c/c, M/M/c/k Models, queues with
unlimited service. (14)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014.
2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queueing and computer science applications,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Medhi J, Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers ,New Delhi, 2014.
3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2014.
4. William J. Stewart, Probability, Markov chains, Queues, and Simulation – The Mathematical basis of performance modeling,
Princeton University press, New Jersy, 2009.

PHYSICS

15OH20 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION


3003
X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS: Crystal systems- Symmetry elements in crystals- combination of symmetry elements- Rotation-
inversion axis- translation symmetry elements- space groups- Stereographic projection - Wulff net- Measurement of angle between
poles - determination of Miller indices of an unknown pole. X -ray diffraction analysis (9)

ELECTRON AND ION SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Mass spectroscopy and X-ray emission spectroscopy (Principle and
limitations) - Quadrapole mass spectrometer. Special surface techniques: X ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS or ESCA)-
photoelectron process of spectrum- elemental analysis-Instrumentation and applications, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES)-Basic
principles-Information in Auger spectra-methods for surface and thin film characterization, Secondary ion mass spectrometry(SIMS)
– Dynamic and static SIMS-common modes of analysis, Rutherford Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), Field Ion Microscopy
(FIM). (10)

SURFACE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: The need for surface study. Surface chemical composition: The extension of bulk techniques
to surface studies - Unit meshes of five types of surface nets - diffraction from diperiodic structures. Surface methods using electron,
low energy electron diffraction (LEED), reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED), (9)

IMAGING TECHNIQUES: Scanning electron microscope(SEM) – physical basis of operation – sample requirements –applications,
Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM) – resolution – sensitivity- TEM operation- diffraction mode – specimen preparation,
Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy (STEM). – imaging – common analysis modes – sample requiremnets (9)

SANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY : Instrumentation, Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy,Tunneling current, probe tips and working
environments, operational modes, typical applications, atomic force microscopy, near field forces, force sensors, operational modes,
applications, image artifacts (8)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Richard Brundle C, Charles A. Evans Jr, Shaun Wilson, ―Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization‖ Manning Publications Co,
1992.
2. Yang leng ‖Materials Caracterization- Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods‖ John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Prutton M, "Surface Physics", Clarenden Press Oxford, 1975.
2. Cullity B D, "Elements of X-ray Diffraction", Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 1967.
3. Rodriquez F, "Principles of Polymer Systems", Tata McGraw Hill Co., 1974.

15OH21 LASER TECHNOLOGY


3003
LASER CHARACTERISTICS: Einstein coefficients - negative absorption, shape and width of spectral lines, spontaneous and
stimulated emission. Laser resonators, types of resonators, stability diagram. Spatial and temporal coherence. (9)
GAS AND SOLID STATE LASERS: Gas lasers - He-Ne laser - Ar+, He-Cd+ lasers - N2 and CO2 lasers - Fabrication and
excitation mechanisms. Solid state lasers - Ruby, Nd:YAG, glass - semiconductor diode lasers, Excimer Laser , Erbium doped
laser. (9)

58
DYE LASERS: Liquid lasers, dye lasers, fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Concept of Q-switching and mode-locking, second
harmonic generation, theory and experiment, materials for optical SHG. (9)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Laser cutting, drilling & Piercing. Laser welding, operating characteristics and applications. medical.
Spectroscopic (qualitative), laser Raman effect, stimulated Raman effect - Brillouin scattering. (9)

LASER SURFACE TREATMENT: Laser heat treatment, laser surface melting, laser surface alloying, laser cladding. Laser ablative
processes. Macro and micromachining. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Wlliam T. Silfast, ― Laser Fundamentals‖ Cambridge University Press, 2012
2. S.Nagabhushana, N.Sathyanarayana, ― Lasers and Optical Instrumentation,I.K.International Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. William M.Steen and Jyotirmoy Mazumder, ― Laser Material Processing‖ Springer, 2010.
2. Bloom A L, "Gas Lasers", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1968.

15OH22 MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS


3003
MEMS AND MICROINTEGRATEDSYSTEMS: Introduction, history of MEMS development, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS.
Devices: Sensors and Actuators. Overview of microfabrication, microelectronics fabrication process, silicon based MEMS
processes, new materials and fabrication processes. Points of consideration for processing. (9)

SCALING LAWS AND MINIATURIZATION: Introduction. Scaling in geometry. Scaling in rigid body dynamics. The trimmer force
scaling vector – scaling in electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, scaling in electricity and fluid dynamics, scaling in heat
conducting and heatconvection. (9)

MEMS PROCESSING: Photolithography. Photoresist and applications. Light sources. X-ray and electron beam lithography. Ion
implantation. Diffusion process. Oxidation, thermal oxidation. Silicon di oxide. Thermal oxidation rates. Oxide thickness by colour
(9)

MICROMACHINING METHODS Bulk micromachining. Isotropic and anisotropic etching. Wet etchants, etch stops, dry etching
comparison of wet and dry etching. Dry etching – physical etching – reactive ion etching, comparison of wet and dry etching.
Surface micromachining – process in general, problems in surface micromachining. The LIGA process – description, materials for
substrates and photoresists, electroplating, the SLIGA process. (9)

MICROSYSTEM PACKAGING:The three levels of microsystem packaging – die level, device level and system level. Essential
packaging technologies – die preparation – surface bonding, wire bonding and sealing. Three dimensional packaging. Assembly of
Microsystems – selection of packaging materials (9)

Total L :45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, ―MEMS and Microsystems Design and Manufacture‖, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE:
1. Mark Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication, CRC Press, New York, 1997.

15OH23 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS


3003
INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION: Atoms, Clusters and Nanomaterials-Classification of nanostructures, nanoscale
architecture – Effects of the nanometre length scale – Changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures,
vacancies in nanocrystals, dislocations in nanocrystals – Effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – Structural, thermal,
chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (11)

NANOMATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING: Top-down processes: Ball Milling, lithography, machining process; Bottom-
up processes: i) Wet chemical synthesis of nanomaterials- sol-gel, liquid solid reactions; ii) Gas phase synthesis of nanomaterials-
Furnace, Flame assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; iii) Gas condensation processing; iv) Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)-
plasma-assisted deposition process, MBE and MOVPE-Preparation, safety and storage issues -STM and AFM Techniques. (11)

SEMICONDUCTOR NANOSTRUCTURES: Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - Quantum wells, quantum


wires, quantum dots, superlattices, band offsets and electronic density of states – Fabrication techniques – Requirements, epitaxial

59
growth, cleared edge overgrowth – Growth on vicinal substrates, strain-induced dots and wires, electrostatically induced dots and
wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques. (11)

GROWTH AND PROPERTIES OF INORGANIC NANOMATERIALS: Introduction and classification-Thermodynamics and kinetics
of phase transformation: Thermodynamics, homogenous nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, Growth–Microstructure: grain and
matrix strain, particle size measurement, grain boundary structure-Microstructural stability: grain growth, zener pinning, solute drag
– Power consolidation: compaction of nanopowders, sintering, role of impurities, porosity. (12)

Total L : 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Kelsall Robert W, Ian Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, ―Nanoscale Science and Technology‖, Wiley Eastern, 2004.
2. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang and Fritzsche, ―Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley –VcH, 2004

REFERENCES:
1. Bharat Bhushan, ―Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology‖, 2004.
2. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, ―Introduction to Nanotechnology‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
3. Dutta J. & Hofmann H., ―Nanomaterials‖, 2003.

15OH24 PHYSICS FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEMS AND SOLID-STATE LIGHTING SYSTEMS


3003
SOLAR RADIATION: Photometry- photometric units and quantities. Cosine law. Black body radiation spectrum. Wien's
displacement law. Solar spectrum. Solar motion - celestial sphere, astronomical co-ordinates. Need for solar tracking. Atmospheric
absorption. Air mass. Diurnal and seasonal variations in solar radiation. Climatic and geographic factors. Terrestrial solar
illumination
(9)
TYPES OF SOLAR ENERGY CONVERTORS: Thermal and PV systems. Advantages of PV systems. Semiconductor PV systems.
IV characteristics. Other electrical parameters. Conditions for maximum power transfer. Conversion efficiency. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS: Elemental and compound semiconductors. Band structure of silicon p-n junctions
and III-V compound semiconductor junctions. light emission and absorbtion. Creation and recombination of electron hole pairs.
Lattice mediated recombination conservation of momentum. Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Structure of Solar PV
devices and solid state lighting devices- LEDS. Factors limiting efficiency of conversion of light energy to electrical energy (PV) and
vice versa (Lighting) High power LEDS (10)

SOLID STATE LIGHT SOURCES: IV characteristics of LEDS. Manufacturing spread in Cut-in voltage. Combination of LED units
for higher power-special considerations. Series parallel combinations. Minimising thermal losses. Reflector surfaces for multiple
sources. Uniformity of illumination. (9)

CHARACTERITICS OF LIGHT SOURCES: Absorbtion and emission spectra. Transmission and absorption characteristics of
housings for electro-optical devices. Flourescence. Modification of spectra of LED sources. Flourescent materials for solid state
lighting- White-light sources and near-white light sources. Degradation and life. (9)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. JaspritSingh ,‖Electronic and Optoelectronic Properties of Semiconductor Structures‖, Cambridge University Press, 2003.
2. Arturas Zukauskas, Michael S. Shur, Remis Gaska,‖ Introduction to Solid-State Lighting‖, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur Beiser ― Concepts of modern Physics‖ Tata Mcgraw Hill , 2002.
2. Rong-Jun Xie, Yuan Qiang Li, Naoto Hirosaki, Japan; Hajime Yamamoto,‖ Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting‖, CRC
Press,2011.
3. S.M.Sze,‖ Physics of semiconductor devices‖, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

15OH25 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS


3003
STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT: Resistance strain guage, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics. Electronic
circuits for strain gauge, load cells. Interferometer, Fibre-optic methods. Pressure gauges Aneroid capacitance pressure gauge,
ionization gauge, Using the transducers for applications (9)

MOTION SENSORS: Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT Accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup devices,
piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders. (9)

60
LIGHT RADIATION: Color temperature, light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes,
phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid-state ,transducers liquid crystal
devices. (9)
HEAT AND TEMPERATURE: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors,
PTC thermistors, bolometer, Pyroelectric detector. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity detectors – Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors Reed switch, magnet
and Hall-effect units, Doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Doebelin E O, ―Measurement Systems, Application and Design‖ , McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2004
2. Ian R Sinclair, ―Sensors and Transducers‖, Third Edition, Newnes publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Jack P Holman, ―Experimental Methods for Engineers‖, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, USA, 2001.
2. Robert G Seippel, ―Transducers, Sensors and Detectors‖, Reston Publishing Company, USA, 1983.

15OH26 THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY


3003
PREPARATION OF THIN FILMS: Study of thin film vacuum coating unit - Construction and uses of vapour sources-wire,
sublimation, crucible and electron bombardment heated sources. Physical vapour deposition – Thermal evaporation – electron
beam evaporation – Sputtering - Study of glow Discharge - Physical nature of sputtering - Sputtering yield - Experimental set up for
DC and RF magnetron sputtering, Pulsed laser deposition and Ion beam assisted deposition. Chemical vapour deposition –
Thermodynamics of CVD - Atmospheric pressure CVD – MOCVD and PECVD processes. Chemical methods: Qualitative study of
preparation of thin films by Electroplating, vapour phase growth and anodization. (9)

NUCLEATION AND GROWTH: Nucleation and growth of thin films – four stages of film growth - Directionality of evaporation
molecules - Cosine law of emission. Emission from a point source. Mass of material condensing on the substrate. (6)

DEPOSITION MONITORING AND CONTROL: Microbalance, Crystal oscillator thickness monitor, optical monitor, Resistance
Monitor. Thickness measurement: Multiple Beam Interferometer, Fizeau (Tolansky) technique - Fringes of equal chromatic order
(FECO) method - Ellipsometry (qualitative only). (7)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Sheet resistance - size effect - Electrical conduction in thin metallic films. Effect of ageing and
annealing - Oxidation - Agglomeration. (5)

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: DC conduction mechanism - Low field and high field conduction. Breakdown mechanism in dielectric
films - AC conduction mechanism. Temperature dependence of conductivity. (5)

STRUCTURE AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Study of structure of thin films using x-ray diffraction method, Optical constants of
thin films – spectrophotometer- Transmittance, absorption, determination of band gap (5)

APPLICATION OF THIN FILMS: Thin film resistors: Materials and Design of thin film resistors (Choice of resistor and shape and
area) - Trimming of thin film resistors - sheet resistance control - Individual resistor trimming. Thin film capacitors: Materials -
Capacitor structures - Capacitor yield and capacitor stability. Thin film field effect transistors: Fabrication and characteristics - Thin
film solar cells – antireflection coatings. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Milton Ohring, ―Materials Science of Thin Films‖, Academic Press, 2002.
2. Goswami A, "Thin Film Fundamentals", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1996.

REFERENCES:
1. Donald Smith, ―Thin Film Deposition ‖, McGraw –Hill, 1995.
2. Maissel L I and Glang R, "Hand Book of Thin Film Technology", McGraw Hill, 1970.
3. Icha Elshabini-Riadaud Fred D. Barlow III "Thin Film Technology Hand book", Mc Graw Hill Company, 1997.

15OH27 NONLINEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS


3003

INTRODUCTION: Dynamical systems: Linear and Nonlinear Forces, Mathematical Implications of Nonlinearity- Linear waves-
ordinary differential equations (ODEs)- Partial differential equations (PDEs)- Methods to solve ODEs and PDEs- Numerical methods
– Linear and Nonlinear oscillations- Nonlinear waves- Quantitative features (9)

61
COHERENT STRUCTURES (QUALITATIVE): Linear and Nonlinear dispersive waves – Notion of Integrability, Painleve analysis,
Soliton and its special collision properties – KdV equation – Basic theory of KdV equation – Ubiquitous soliton equations: magnetic
spin systems, Optical fibers, – AKNS Method, Backlund transformation, Hirota bilinearization method, - Perturbation methods. (9)

BIFURCATIONS AND ONSET OF CHAOS: One dimensional flows – Two dimensional flows – Phase plane – Limit cycles – Simple
bifurcations: Saddle –Node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – Discrete Dynamical system – The Logistic Map Strange attractors
Period doubling– Routes to chaos. (9)

CHAOS THEORY AND CHARACTERISTION: One dimensional maps – Duffing oscillators – Lorenz equations – BVP and DVP
oscillators – Pendulum – Chaos in nonlinear circuits – Chaos in conservative system – characterization of chaos: Lyapunov
Exponent, Poincare section –Fractals. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Soliton based communication systems – Solition based computation – Synchronization of chaos – Chaos based
communication – Cryptography – Image processing – Stochastic – Resonance – Chaos based computation – Time Series analysis.
Spin transfer torque, Spin valves, MRAM (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin 2003
2. Drazin G and Johnson R.S, ―Solitons: An Introduction‖, Cambridge University Press,1989.
3. Strogatz S, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Addison Wesley, 1995.

REFERENCES:
1. Hasegawa A and Kodama Y, ―Solitons in Optical Communications‖, Oxford Press, 1995.
2. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaos in Nonlinear Oscillators‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1989.
3. Thompson J M T and Stewart H B, ―Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos‖, Wiley 2002.

15OH28 NONLINEAR FIBER OPTICS


3003

FIBER NONLINEARITIES: Introduction - Nonlinear Refraction - Maxwell's Equations – in free space and different Medium. Fiber
Modes: single mode and multimode - Eigen value Equations Single Mode Condition - Nonlinear pulse Propagation - Higher Order
Nonlinear Effects. (9)

GROUP VELOCITY DISPERSION AND PHASE MODULATION: Gaussian Pulse - Chirped Gaussian Pulse - Higher Order
Dispersions - Changes in Pulse Shape – Self Phase Modulation (SPM) induced Spectral Broadening - Non-linear Phase Shift -
Effect of Group Velocity Dispersion - Self Steepening - Application of SPM- Cross Phase Modulation (XPM) - Coupling between
Waves of Different Frequencies - Non-linear Birefringence – Optical Kerr Effect - Pulse Shaping. (9)

OPTICAL SOLITONS AND DISPERSION MANAGEMENT: Soliton Characteristics - Soliton Stability - Bright and Dark Solitons –
Other kinds of Solitons - Effect of Birefringence in Solitons - Solitons based Fiber Optic Communication System (Qualitative
treatment) – Demerits - Dispersion Managed Solitons (DMS). (9)

SOLITON LASERS: Non-linear Fiber Loop Mirrors - Soliton Lasers - Fiber Raman Lasers – Mode locked Fiber Lasers, Fiber
Raman Amplifiers - Fiber Raman Solitons - Erbium doped fiber amplifiers. (9)

APPLICATIONS OF SOLITONS: DMS for single channel transmission – WDM transmission - Fiber Gratings- Fiber Couplers –
Fiber Interferometers – Pulse Compression – Soliton Switching – Soliton light wave systems. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Govind P. Agrawal ―Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖, Academic Press, New York, 1995.
2. Murti Y V G S and Vijayan C ―Essentials of Nonlinear Optics‖, Wiley, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Hasegawa A and Matsumoto M ―Optical Solitons in Fibers‖ Springer, Berlin, 2003.
2. Govind P. Agrawal, ―Applications of Nonlinear Fiber Optics‖. Academic Press, New York, 2001.
3. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability‖, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin, 2003.
4. Kivshar Y S and Govind Agrawal, ―Optical Solitons : From Fibers to Photonic Crystals‖, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

15OH29 CHAOTRONICS
3003
LINEAR AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Linear circuit elements – nonlinear circuit elements – switches, reactive nonlinear energy
storage devises-inductance and capacitance -circuits with linear elements – circuits with nonlinear elements – LC, RLC and forced

62
RLC circuits - importance of nonlinearity – low and higher order electronic circuits with nonlinearity – Op-amp: Mathematical
operations. (9)

BIFURCATION AND CHAOS: Introduction – periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic behaviors – types of bifurcations: saddle node,
Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – routes to chaos– discrete and continuous dynamical systems – characterization of periodic and
chaotic motions- strange attractors. (9)

DISCRETE MAP BASED CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – logistic map dynamics and power electronics – Onset of chaos–
circuit realization of logistic map – cob-web diagrams – Poincare-map construction - bifurcation diagram circuits – Henon map circuit
– phase-portrait. (9)

CONTINUOUS TYPE CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – autonomous chaotic circuits: Chua‘s diode, Chua‘s circuit, Chua‘s
canonical circuit – Wien-bridge oscillator based chaotic circuit – Colpitts chaotic oscillator – negative resistance based chaotic
circuits – LC oscillator based chaotic circuits. Non-autonomous chaotic circuits: RL-diode circuit, driven Chua‘s circuit, MLC circuit-
stochastic resonance circuit. Analog simulation circuits: Duffing oscillator, van-der Pol oscillator – Lorenz system (9)

HIGHER-ORDER CHAOTIC CIRCUITS; Introduction – simple hyper-chaotic circuits with LCR elements – negative resistance
based hyper-chaotic circuits – delay-chaotic circuits: autonomous and non-autonomous versions. Power-electronic circuits – CNN
based chaotic circuits. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, ―Chaotic oscillators: Controlling and synchronization‖, World Scientific, Singapore, 1996.
2. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, ―Nonlinear dynamics: Integrability, chaos and patterns‖, Springer, Berlin, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Strogatz S H, ―Nonlinear dynamics and chaos‖, Addison-Wesley, Manchester, 1995.
2 Chua L O , Desoer C A and Kuh E S, ―Linear and nonlinear circuits‖. McGraw-Hill, Singapore 1987.
3 Chua L O, ―CNN: A paradigm for complexity‖. World Scientific, Singapore, 1998.
4. Van Wyk M A and Steeb W H, ―Chaos in electronics‖. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

CHEMISTRY

15OH33 CHEMICAL SENSORS AND BIOSENSORS


3003
BIOSENSORS: Introduction – amperometric enzyme electrodes-characteristics- enzyme activity determinations – biosensors for
enzyme immunoassay – Potentiometric enzyme electrodes – electrode characteristics and performance –pH glass and ion-selective
electrodes – solid-state pH and redox electrodes –gas electrodes. (9)

IMMUNO BIOSENSORS: Potentiometric immunobiosensors – immobilization techniques – analytical applications. Principle and
measurements of enzyme thermistor devices. Transducer – experimental techniques – types of biological element: immobilized
enzymes – immobilized cells – determination of enzyme activities in solution (9)

CHEMICALLY MEDIATED AND REDOX BASED HYDRO-GEL BASED BIOSENSORS: Introduction – sensing chemistry and
materials –sensing techniques –transducer types. Transducer-based fiber optic biosensors – Optical biosensors based on
competitive binding. Electron conducting redox polymer in biosensors –enzyme electrodes – specific sensor examples.
Hybridization at oligonucleotide sensitive electrodes: function of oligonucleotide sensitive electrodes – hybridization efficiency and
sensitivity – probe oligonucleotide structure and dynamics – hybridization conditions – hybridization kinetics. (9)

FLUOROPHORE AND CHROMOPHORES BASED FIBEROPTIC BIOSENSORS: Enzyme based nonmediated fiberoptic
biosensors – chromophores and flurophore detection. Bioluminescence and chemiluminescence based fiberoptic sensors –
bioluminescence and chemiluminecent reactions – analytical potential of luminescent reactions – applications (9)

DETERMINATION OF METAL IONS BY FLUORESCENCE ANISOTROPY: Theory of anisotropy based determination of metal
ions – fluorescent aryl sulfonamides for zinc determination- removal of zinc from carbonic anhydrase – determination of zinc using
reagent approach – determination of copper and other ions by using reagentless approach. (9)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Copper J. M. and Cass E. G. A., ―Biosensors‖, Oxford University Press, 2004.
2. Brian Eggins, ―Chemical Sensors and Biosensors‖, John Willey & Sons, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Bansi Dhar M, Anthony T., ―Advances in Biosensors: Perspectives in Biosensors (Advances in Biosensors)‖, JAI Press, 2003.

63
2. Blum L. J. and Coulet P. R., ―Biosensor Principles and Applications‖, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1991.

15OH37 ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS

3003
BATTERIES: Types-battery characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life,
energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary cells: Fabrication, performance aspects, packing and rating of zinc-carbon, alkaline-manganese,
silver oxide cells. Lithium primary batteries. (9)

SECONDARY BATTERIES: Fabrication, performance aspects and rating of lead acid and sealed lead acid battery, nickel-cadmium,
Ni-metal-hydride lithium ion batteries, Rechargeable Zinc alkaline batteries and thermal batteries. (9)

ADVANCED BATTERIES: Metal / air, zinc-bromine, sodium-beta alumina and lithium / iron sulphide batteries. Photogalvanic cells.
Battery specifications for cars, heart pacemakers, torpedo batteries, satellite batteries. (9)

FUEL CELLS: Classification, working principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of alkaline, phosphoric acid,
solid oxide, molten carbonate, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells. (9)

HYDROGEN AS FUEL: Sources of hydrogen - Hydrogen production – electrolysis, thermochemical methods, fossil fuel methods
and solar energy method– gas clean-up – various methods of hydrogen storage. Hydrogen as an engine fuel - features and
limitations. Ideal efficiency of a fuel cell. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dell, Ronald M. Rand and David A. J., ―Understanding Batteries”, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.
2. Aulice Scibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications”, University Press, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Lindon David,‖Handbook of Batteries‖, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Kiehne H. A., ―Battery Technology Handbook‖, Expert Verlag, Renningen Malsheim, 2003.
3. Hoogers G. (Ed), ―Fuel Cell Handbook‖, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.
4. Palanna O.G., ―Engineering Chemistry‖, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15OH39 MODERN ELECTRONIC MATERIALS


3003
MATERIALS FOR ORGANIC ELECTRONICS: Organic thin film transistors and conducting polymer based electrochemical
transistors, electroluminescence, electrochromic, photoelectrochromic materials, nanowires, nanoswitches, nanotransducers,
nanooptical sensors. (9)

PENTACENE, POLYTHIOPHENE, INDOCARBAZOLE SYSTEMS: Pentacene transistors - performance. Engineered pentacenes


– Reversible functionalization – end-substituted derivatives, perifunctionalized pentacenes. Heteropentacenes. Semiconductors
based on polythiophene and Indolo[3,2-b]carbazole – polydialkylterthiophenes, polydialkylquaterthiophenes, polythiophene
nanoparticles, indocarbazole designs. (9)

POLYMERS IN ELECTRONICS: Conducting polymers – charge transport in conjugated polymers – Electrical properties of doped
conjugated polymers based biosensors. Organic light emitting diodes – Polymers for light emitting diodes, Structure and fabrication
methods. Photoresists – Chemistry and types – Synthetic photopolymers – Photochemistry of crosslinking – Wafer processable
photoresists – Resist processing – Development of crosslinking resists. (9)

OPTICAL LITHOGRAPHY: Generalized Photolithographic systems. Optical exposure techniques – contact proximity printing,
projection printing. Photoresists and substrates – General properties of photoresists, optical properties of positive photoresists, the
wafer substrate, substrate topography, multilayer resist technology. Characterisation of lithographic image (9)

LIQUID CRYSTALLINE POLYMERS: Classification of liquid crystals – Chemical constitution – liquid crystalline behaviour of
polymers, stability. Applications – Optoelectronic materials, displays, laser writable devices, NLO, sensors and actuators. (9)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hagen Klauk ―Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applications‖ Wiley-VCH, 2006.
2. Donald A. M., Windle A. H., Hanna S., ―Liquid Crystalline Polymers,‖ Cambridge University Press, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, ‖Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection‖, Prentice Hall, 2004.
2. Arnost Reiser, ―Photoreactive Polymers the Science and Technology of Resists‖, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1989.
3. Kohler M. and Fritzsche W. ―Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques‖, Wiley, New York, 2007.

64
4. Arora G. D., ―Liquid Crystals and Polymers‖ Sarup and Sons, India, 2005.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

15OH46 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL REALITY


3003
BASICS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Display Devices - Bitmap and Vector based graphics - Overview of Coordinate system -
Scan Conversion of: point - line using Digital differential analyzer & Bresenham‘ s algorithm - circle using midpoint approach ; Curve
Generation : Bezier and B-Spline curves. Introduction to fractals: generation procedure - classification dimension and Koch Curve.
(11)

AREA FILLING, TRANSFORMATIONS AND VIEWING: Area filling: Inside/outside Test - scan line polygon fill algorithm -
Boundary fill and flood fill algorithm. Basic geometrical 2D and 3D transformation. Viewing pipeline - view coordinate reference
frame - window to viewport transformation. (9)

BASICS OF ANIMATION: Key frame animation - sequence - motion control methods - morphing - warping. (8)

VIRTUAL REALITY: Components of VR system - types of VR - position trackers - navigation - gesture interface – displays - Open
GL rendering pipeline. (9)

VR PROGRAMMING: VRML, defining and using nodes and shapes - VRML browsers - Java 3D – visual object definition by shape
3D instances - ColorCube class - Geometric utility classes. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, ―Computer Graphics‖, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. R. K Maurya, ―Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality Systems‖, Wiley India, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Grigore Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, ―Virtual Reality Technology‖, Wiley, 2003.
2. F.S. Hill , Stephen M. Kelley , ―Computer Graphics using Open GL‖ Prentice Hall, 2009.

15OH47 DATA AND FILE STRUCTURES


3003
INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Algorithms: Structure, properties – analysis of
time complexities. . (4)

ARRAYS: Representation of linear and multi dimensional arrays – Operations - Applications. (5)

STACKS : Representation - Operations - implementation - Applications: Recursion handling; Evaluation of expressions. (5)

QUEUES: Representation - Operations - sequential implementation – Circular Queues-Priority Queues - Deque – Applications: Job
Scheduling systems. (7)

LISTS: Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists, Multiply linked lists – Operations - Linked stacks - Linked queues-
Applications: Addition of Polynomials; Sparse Matrix representation. (9)

FILES: File Types – Basic file operations – Heap Organization- Sequential file organization – Indexed Sequential File – Direct file
organization (8)

SORTING: Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Bubble Sort - Quick Sort - Merge Sort – Algorithms - Analysis. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2009
2. Mark Allen Weiss ,― Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++ ", PHI Learning, 2012.
2. Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, ―Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications‖, Mc Graw Hill, 2009.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, ― Introduction to Algorithms ‖, The MIT Press,
2009.
4. A. Chitra. P.T. Rajan ―Data Structures," Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

65
15OH48 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3003
INTRODUCTION: Databases – Conventional file Processing – Data Modeling for a database – Three level architecture – Data
Independence – Components of a Database Management System – characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages of a DBMS -
Data base administrator-functions and responsibilities. (5)

DATAMODELING: Introduction to Hierarchical data model - Network data model- ER model: Entities, Attributes, relationships –
Weak and strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models. (7)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Relational data model basics - properties of Relations- Domains and Key concept – Enforcing data integrity
constraints - Relational algebra operations. (8)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – SQL commands for defining
database – Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations - aggregate function- order by/group by clause- sub
queries-in-any-all-views in SQL. (13)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Functional dependencies - Normal forms – Normalization: 1NF to 5NF- Domain Key Normal Form
– losses join and dependency preserving decomposition. (7)

DATABASE TRANSACTION & SECURITY: - Transaction processing – properties - Concurrency control mechanism - security and
integrity threats - Defense Mechanism. (5)
Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, ―Database System Concepts‖, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management System‖, McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Thomas Condly, Carolyn Begg, ―Database System‖ Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Date C J, ―An Introduction to Database Systems‖, Pearson Education 2008.

15OH49 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING


3003
MODERN PROCESSORS: Stored-program computer architecture – General-purpose cache-based microprocessor architecture –
Memory hierarchies - Multicore processors - Multithread processors - Vector processors - Optimization techniques for serial code -
Common sense optimizations - Simple measures - large impact - Role of compilers. (7)

PARALLEL COMPUTERS: Parallel architectures -Trends in architectures, CMPs, GPUs, and Grids, Multiprocessors,
Multicomputers, Multithreading, Pipelining- Data access optimization - Balance analysis and lightspeed estimates - Storage order -
Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms - Shared memory computers - Distributed memory computers - Hierarchical systems –
Networks - Basics of parallelization- Parallelism – Parallel scalability. (11)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING: Motivating parallelism - Scope of parallel computing - Parallel programming platforms: Implict
parallelism trends in microprocessor architectures -Low Level Approaches –Threads –Message passing–Issues in scalability and
portability –Transactional Memory -Parallel Programming: Higher Level Approaches –ZPL –Automatic Parallelization and HPF -
Limitations - Dichotomy - Physical organizations - Communication costs – Routing mechanisms for interconnected networks- Impact
of process. (11)

PRINCIPLES OF PARALLEL ALGORITHM DESIGN: Preliminaries - Decomposition techniques - Characteristics of tasks and
interactions - Mapping techniques for load balancing - Methods for containing interaction overheads - Parallel algorithm models –
Basic communication operations. (7)

SORTING AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Dense matrix Algorithm: Matrix-vector multiplication - Martix- matrix multiplication- Issues
in sorting on parallel computing - Sorting networks - Bubble sorts and its variants - Quick sort - Graph algorithms - Definition and
representation - Prims algorithm - Dijkstra's algorithm - All pairs shortest path - Transitive closure – Connected components. (9)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein, Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, Chapman & Hall,
2010.
2. John Levesque and Gene Wagenbreth, High Performance Computing: Programming and Applications, Chapman & Hall, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Ananth Grama and George Karypis, Introduction to parallel computing, Addison-Wesley 2009.
2. John L. Hennessy and David Patterson, Computer Architecture- A Quantitative Approach, Elsevier, 2012.

66
15OH50 MAINFRAME SYSTEMS
3003
EVOLUTION OF MAINFRAME: Overvi e w of Com puter Architecture -Cl assification of Com puters -micro, mini,
mainframes and super computer - k e y f e a t u r e s – b e n e f i t s . (6)

MAINFRAME SYSTEM- Attributes of Mainframes - Reasons for opting Mainframes - Users of Mainframes - Difference between
Centralized and Distributed computing - Batch processing - Online/Interactive transactions. (9)

MAINFRAME WORKLOADS : Concept - strategy and benefits of the z/OS environment - Application enablement in z/OS -
Overview of e-business support in z/OS - Connectivity to the z/OS environment - Security support provided by z/OS
(9)
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT- Scalability – availability - backup and recovery features in z/OS - z/OS system services - zSeries
processor configurations. (6)

COBOL: Introduction to COBOL - Program Structure - Procedure Division - Table Handling - File Handling. (9)

CASE STUDY : z/VM – Linux – zVSE – zTPF. (6)


Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/OS Basics, IBM Red Book, 2011.
2. M. K. Roy, D. Ghosh Dastidhar, ―COBOL programming‖, Tata-McGraw Hill,1989.

REFERENCE:
1. IBM Redbook, “COBOL - Language Reference”, 5th ed., Ver 3, Release 2, 2003.

15OH51 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT


3003
INTRODUCTION: Open Source Platform – Mobile Devices – Open Handset Alliance – Mobile Applications. (4)

ANDROID: Features of android – Development Framework – Android SDK – Native Libraries – Application framework – ADK –
Android and Java. (5)

BASIC WIDGETS: Android Components – Android activity life cycle – Layouts and controls – Event Handling – creating and starting
an activity - using controls. (6)

BUILDING USER INTERFACES: Fundamental Android UI design – Layouts – Fragments – Creating Views – List view – Grid View
control – View pager control. (6)

USING RESOURCES AND MEDIA: Resources Types – Creating Resources – Using Drawable resources – Playing Audio –
Playing Video – Displaying progress. (6)

BUILDING MENUS: Menus and types – Creating menus through XML – Creating menus through coding – Using the ActionBar –
Drop-down List ActionBar. (6)

DATABASES: Android databases – SQLite – introduction – creating, opening, querying the database – Extracting values from a
cursor - Creating content providers – Using Content providers. (6)

PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS: Setting versioning information – Signing and publishing the applications – Distributing
applications - Monetizing the applications. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reto Meier and Wrox Wiley, ―Professional Android 4 Application Development‖, 2012.
2. Zigurad Mednieks, Larid Dornin,G.Blake Meike,Masumi Nakamura, ‖Programming Andriod‖, O‘Reilly,2013.

REFERENCE:
1. B.M Harwani , ―Android programming unleashed‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2013.

15OH52 MULTICORE PROGRAMMING


3003
BASICS OF MULTICORE : Definition - hybrid architectures - The software developer‘s viewpoint - single core - multicore – Types:
multicore designs. (7)

67
CHALLENGES : Sequential model – Concurrency – software development - Processor architecture - Operating systems role.(10)

MULTIPROCESSING : Process creation - Working with process environment variables - Killing a process - Process resources -
Synchronous and a asynchronous processes - Multithreading - Comparing threads to processes - Architecture - Creation and
management of threads. (10)

COMMUNICATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: Thread strategy approaches - Decomposition and encapsulation of work -
Approaches to application design - PADL and PBS. (9)

UML : Modelling the structure of a system - UML and concurrent behavior - Basic testing types - Defect removal for parallel
programs - Standard software engineering tests. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. M. Herlihy and N. Shavit, ―The Art of Multiprocessor Programming‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. D. B. Kirk and W. W. Hwu, ―Programming Massively Parallel processors: A Hands-on approach‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
2 C. Huges and T. Huges ,‖Professional Multi-core programming: Design and Implementation for C++developers‖, Wrox, 2008.

15OH53 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING


3003
PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Software crisis Software Evolution - Procedure Oriented Programming -
Object Oriented Programming Paradigm - Basic Concepts and Benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Programming Language -
Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Types and Declarations - Pointers, Arrays, and Structures - Expressions and Statements -
Manipulators. (10)

FUNCTIONS IN C++: Function Prototyping - Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions – Default - Const Arguments
(6)
CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Data members - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions -
Memory allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function
Arguments - Friend Functions - Returning Objects. . (7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class - Constructors with Default Arguments –
Dynamic Initialization of Objects - Copy and Dynamic Constructors – Destructors. (6)

INHERITANCE: Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance –
Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Virtual Base Classes - Abstract Classes - Constructors in Derived Classes. (8)

POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operators Overloading - Unary and Binary Operators Overloading -
Function Overloading. (8)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, ―The C++ Programming Language‖, Pearson, 2013.
2. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo ―C++ Primer‖, Pearson, 2012.

REFERENCE:
1. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, ―C++ How to Program‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.

15OH54 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON


3003
BASICS : Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files - Python Reserved Words -
Basic Syntax-Comments - Strings and Numeric Data Types - Simple Input and Output. (8)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting - if Statement - Relational Operators - Logical Operators - Bit Wise
Operators - while Loop - break and continue - for Loop - Lists – Tuples - Sets - Dictionaries. (8)

FUNCTIONS: Definition - Passing parameters to a Function - Variable Number of Arguments - Scope - Passing Functions to a
Function - Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time - dir Function. (9)

ERROR HANDLING: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams -
Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams -
Handling IO Exceptions - Working with Directories. (10)

OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES: Classes Principles of Object Orientation - Creating Classes - Instance Methods - File

68
Organization - Special Methods - Class Variables – Inheritance – Polymorphism - Type Identification - Simple Character Matches -
Special Characters - Character Classes – Quantifiers - Dot Character - Greedy Matches – Grouping - Matching at Beginning or End
- Match Objects – Substituting - Splitting a String - Compiling Regular Expressions. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mark Summerfield. ―Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python Language‖, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2009.
2. Martin C. Brown, ―PYTHON: The Complete Reference‖, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Wesley J Chun, ―Core Python Applications Programming‖, Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Allen B Downey, ―Think Python‖, O‘Reilly, 2012.

15OH55 RESPONSIVE WEB DESIGN


3003
INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND XHTML: Origins and Evolution of HTML - Basic Syntax - Standard HTML Document Structure -
Basic Text Formatting - Images - Hypertext Links – Lists - Tables - Frames and Forms. (6)

CASCADING STYLE SHEETS: Introduction - Levels of Style Sheets - Style Specification Formats – Style Classes - Properties
and Property Values - Color - The span and div Tags. (7)

HTML5: Media Queries supporting different viewports – Syntax - Fluid Layouts- Fluid Images- Serving Different Images for different
screen sizes - HTML 5 for responsive designs - semantic elements in HTML5 – Embedding Media in HTML5. (10)

CSS3: Selectors - Typography and Color Modes – Aesthetics with CSS3 – Text shadows - Box shadows - Background Gradients –
patterns - Multiple Background images Transitions - Transformations and Animations Forms with HTML5 and CSS3. (12)

BASICS OF JAVASCRIPT: Object Orientation and JavaScript - General Syntactic Characteristics – Primitives - Operations and
Expressions - Screen Output - Control Statements - Object Creation and Modification - Arrays - Functions - Constructors -
Errors in Scripts. (10)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ben Frain, ―Responsive Web Design using HTML5 and CSS3‖, PACKT Publishing, 2012.
2. Thomas Powell and Fritz Schneider,‖Javascript 2.0 : The Complete reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.

REFERENCE:
1. Thomas Powell, ― HTML and CSS: The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH56 SOCIAL WEB MINING


3003
INTRODUCTION: Data mining and web mining – web community and social network analysis – Characteristics of web data – web
community – The evolution of social networks – basic concept in social networks . (9)

SOCIAL NETWORK DATA AND REPRESENTATION: Structural – composition-affiliation variables-modes-boundary specification


and sampling- type of networks- measurement and collection - Review of graph theory- Data set- Tools-Pajek, Netdraw, UCInet
(10)
STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF SOCIAL NETWORKS: Notions of centrality - cohesiveness of subgroups - roles and positions -
structural equivalence - equitable partitions. (12)

WEB CONTENT MINING: Boolean model - vector space model - web search – feature enrichment of short texts- - automatic topic
extraction from web document – opinion search and opinion spam. (5)

WEB LINKAGE MINING : Hyperlinks- co-citation and bibliographic coupling- page rank and HITS algorithm – web community
discovery – web graph measurement and modelling - using link information for webpage classification. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stanley Wasserman, Katherine Faust, ―Social network analysis: methods and applications‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.
2. John Scott, ―Social Network Analysis: A Handbook‖, SAGE Publications, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. Guandong xu, yanchun zhang , ―Web mining and social networking: techniques‖, Springer science and business media, 2011.
2. Charles Kadushin, ―Understanding Social Network: Theories, Concepts, and Findings‖, Oxford Press, 2011.

69
15OH57 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
3003
INTRODUCTION: Software Characteristics-Comparison with other Engineering disciplines-Software Crisis and Myths-Software life
cycle models-Selection of process models for projects- Agile methods- Software Engineering paradigms. (8)

REQUIREMENTS GATHERING: Requirements gathering tasks – Requirements Engineering Process - Qualities of good
requirements-Types of Requirements-Requirements elicitation- Requirements documentation- Analysis Documentation. (7)

DESIGN: Functional Decomposition-Context diagram-Data low diagrams-Data Dictionary-Functional Independence-Modular


Design-Coupling-Cohesion- Design tools – Structured Chart, HIPO Diagram, Decision Tree, Decision Table, Pseudo code – User
Interface Design - Software Design Documentation. (12)

PROGRAMMING STANDARDS: Structured programming coding standards-Maintainability of code. (5)

SOFTWARE TESTING FUNDAMENTALS – Black-Box and White-Box testing – Basis Path testing – Requirements phase testing
- Design phase testing - Program phase testing - Desk debugging and program peer view test tools - Evaluating test results -
Installation phase testing - Acceptance testing – Testing GUI – Testing Web Applications (8)

DEBUGGING : The art of Debugging – Debugging Process – Debugging Strategies. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roger Pressman S, ―Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. James Peter and Pedrycz W, ―Software Engineering: An Engineering Approach‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
2. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, ―The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual‖, Pearson, India,
2009.
3. Glenford J Myers, Tom Badgelt, Todd M Thomas and Corey Sandler, ―The art of Software Testing‖, John Wiley, 2004.

15OH58 JAVA PROGRAMMING


2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Features of Java – Java Development Environment – Java Virtual Machine- byte codes in java - Naming
conventions and Data Types - Operators - Control Structures - Arrays and Strings. (3+3)

OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS: Classes and objects- creation- access specifiers- constructors – Methods - static- Inheritance -
Composition-polymorphism -nested classes–wrapper classes- Abstract classes. (5+6)

PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: - Packages - Access protection - Importing packages - Interface - Defining and Implementing
Interface. (3+3)

EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception types - Uncaught Exception - Using Try and Catch - Multiple catch clauses - Nested try
statements - throw - throws - Java Built-in Exception - Creating user defined exceptions- Assertions. (4+4)

INPUT/OUTPUT: Files – Stream classes – Byte Streams – Character Streams – Serialization. (3+3)

MULTI THREADED PROGRAMMING: Java thread model - Priorities - Synchronization - Messaging - Thread class and runnable
Interface - Synchronization - Interthread Communication. (4+4)

GUI PROGRAMMING- AWT-Swing classes - Components - Labels, Buttons, Check Boxes, combo box- Controls Menus – Frames
Event delegation model –listener and listener methods –Event classes- Applets. (5+4)

DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: Architecture – connect RDBMS – Exploring java.sql package. (3+3)

Total L: 30+T:30 = 60
REFERENCES:
1. Cay S Horstmann and Gary Cornell, ―Core Java Volume I & 2‖, Pearson Education, 2013.
2. Herbert Schildt, ―JAVA - The Complete Reference‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2013.
3. Deitel and Deitel, ―JAVA - How to Program‖, Prentice Hall International Inc., 2011.
4. Walter Slavic, ―Absolute Java‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

70
15OH59 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM
2203
BASICS: GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems – Definitions – History - Components –
Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary and Open Source Software - Types of data – Types of attributes – scales/
levels of measurements. Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Spatial data models – Raster Data Structures –
Raster Data – Vector Data Structures -Raster and Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models. (8+8)

DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY: Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Geo referencing – Vector Data Input –
Digitizer – Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment –
Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking External Databases – GPS Data Integration-
Geodatabases (8+8)

DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS: Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, accuracy - positional,
temporal, thematic - Lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards – Interoperability – Open Geospatial Consortium - Spatial Data
Infrastructure – application in public information service. (5+4)

DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT: Import / Export – Data Management functions - Raster to Vector - Vector to Raster
Conversion - Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs Desktop GIS - Distributed GIS. (5+5)

GIS MODELLING AND APPLICATIONS: Spatial modelling – External, Conceptual, Logical, Internal –GIS Modeling with case
study-spatial data mining – Digital Elevation Model – applications:e-government : operation and decision support – e-business :
advertisement , customer service, business analysis and decision support and in e-health science. (4+5)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul A. Longley, Mike Goodchild, David J. Maguire, ―Geographic Information Systems and Science‖, John Wiley & Sons Inc,
2011.
2. Pinde Fu, Jiulin Sun, ―Web GIS: Principles and Applications‖, ESRI Press, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Kang-Tsung Chang, ―Introduction to Geographic Information Systems‖, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.
2. Rene Rubalcava, ―ArcGIS web Development‖, Manning Publications , 2014.
3. Silas Tomas, ―ArcPy and ArcGIS – Geospatial Analysis with Python‖, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2015.

15OH60 PROGRAMMING FOR ROBOTICS


2203
BASICS OF ROBOTICS: History – Definition – Components – Building a robot – The Robot drive mechanism. (3+2)
ROBOT SIMULATION: Mathematical modeling of the robot - Robot kinematics – Concepts of ROS and Gazebo. (4+4)

DESIGNING CHEFBOT HARDWARE: Specifications - Block diagram - Working with Robotic Actuators and Wheel Encoders -
Interfacing DC geared motor with Tiva C LaunchPad - Interfacing quadrature encoder with Tiva C Launchpad - Working with
Dynamixel actuators. (5+5)

WORKING WITH ROBOTIC SENSORS: Working with ultrasonic distance sensors - Working with the IR proximity sensor - Working
with Inertial Measurement Unit. (4+4)

PYTHON AND ROS: Introduction to OpenCV, OpenNI, and PCL - Programming Kinect with Python using ROS, OpenCV, and
OpenNI - Working with Point Clouds using Kinect, ROS, OpenNI, and PCL. (6+6)

INTERFACING IT INTO ROS, USING PYTHON: Building ChefBot hardware - Writing a ROS Python driver for ChefBot -
Understanding ChefBot ROS launch files - Working with ChefBot Python nodes and launch files - The Calibration and Testing of
ChefBot - The Calibration of Xbox Kinect using ROS - Wheel odometry calibration - Testing of the robot using
GUI. (8+9)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

71
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lentin Joseph, ―Learning Robotics using Python‖, PACKT Publishing, 2015.
2. Aaron Martinez and Enrique Fernandez, ―Learning ROS for Robotics Programming‖, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Bill Smart, Brian Gerkey, Morgan Quigley, ―Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot
Operating System‖, O‘Reilly Publishers, 2015.

HUMANITIES

15OH61 AN INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION


3003
PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY: Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution preamble and its Philosophy. (4)

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS: Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations. (6)

UNION GOVERNMENT: Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President and Council of Ministers . (6)

COMPOSITION OF PARLIAMENT: Constitution Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament. Case Study. (5)

FEDERAL SYSTEM: Features of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union and States, Powers, Functions and
Position of Governors, Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers. Composition and powers of the State Legislature. (8)

JUDICIARY: The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court. (6)

PUBLIC SERVICES: All India Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services and Training of Civil Services. (5)

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS: Foreign Policy of India, Foreign Policy of USA, International Institutions like UNO, WTO, SAARC and
Environmentalism. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basu D.D., ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. Briji Kishore Sharma, ―Introduction to the Constitution of India‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

REFERENCES:

1. Pandey J. N., ―Constitutional Law of India‖, Central Law Agency, 1998.


2. Hoshiar Singh, ―Indian Administration‖ - Kitab Mahal, 2003.
3. Jain. M. C., ―The Constitution of India‖, Law House, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Shukla. V. N., ―Constitution of India‖, Eastern Book Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

15OH62 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
3003
INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition – Characteristics and Functions of an Entrepreneur – Common myths about
entrepreneurs – Importance or Entrepreneurship. Seminar in R5 & R6. (5)

CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: The role of creativity – The innovation Process – Sources of New Ideas – Methods of Generating
Ideas – Creative Problem Solving – Entrepreneurial Process. (6)

DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL: The Importance of a Business Model – Starting a small scale industry -
Components of an Effective Business Model. (5)

APPRAISAL OF PROJECTS: Importance of Evaluating Various options and future investments- Entrepreneurship incentives and
subsidies – Appraisal Techniques. (8)

FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Sole Proprietorship – Partnership – Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock Companies and
Cooperatives. (4)

FINANCING THE NEW VENTURE: Determining Financial Needs – Sources of Financing – Equity and Debt Funding – Case studies in
Evaluating Financial Performance. (8)

THE MARKETING FUNCTION: Industry Analysis – Competitor Analysis – Marketing Research for the New Venture – Defining the
Purpose or Objectives – Gathering Data from Secondary Sources – Gathering Information from Primary Sources – Analyzing and
Interpreting the Results – The Marketing Process. (5)

72
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AND ETH ICS: Patents – Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications – Ethical and
social responsibility and challenges. (4)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald F.Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, ―Entrepreneurship‖, South-Western.
2. Vasant Desai, ―The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, ―Entrepreneurship Development‖, International Book House, 2012.
2. Sudha G. S., ―Management and Entrepreneurship Development‖, Indus Valley Publication, 2009.
3. Badi V., Badi N. V., ―Business Ethics‖, R. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd., 2012.
4. Prasanna Chandra, ―Projects- Planning, Analysis, Financing, Implementation and review‖, TATA McGraw Hill, 2012.

15OH63 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


3003
NATURE AND SCOPE OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Meaning and Definition of HRM, Objectives and Functions of HRM,
Models of HRM, HRM in a changing Environment, Human Resource Management in the wake of Globalization. (6)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT: Principles of Learning, Objectives, Types and Training Methods, Management Development: Its
Meaning, Scope and Objectives. (6)

WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION: Principles and Techniques of Wage Fixation, Job Evaluation, Incentive Schemes. (5)

PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Process, Methods, Factors that distort appraisal, Case studies in Methods to Improve Performance,
Role of Performance in the Performance Management Process, Performance Appraisal Vs. Potential Appraisal. (6)

MORALE AND MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES: Morale-importance of Moral and Motivation Methods of Employees, Empowerment –
Factors Affecting Empowerment – Process – Benefits. (6)

WORK ENVIRONMENT AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT: Fatigue – Safety – Accident Prevention Accident
Records – Factories Act of 1948 and pollution legislations. (4)

INTERNATIONAL HRM: Model, Variables that outline difference between local and International HRM approaches to IHRM, Linking
HRM to International Expansion Strategies. (6)

TRENDS IN HR: HR Outsourcing – HRIS – Management of Turnover and retention – Workforce Rationalization – Managing Separation
and Rightsizing – Case studies in Trends in Employee Engagement and Retention. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, ―Human Resource Management‖, Pearson Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Rao VSP., ―Human Resources Management Text and Cases‖, Excel Books, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Aswathappa K, ―Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Bernardin H John., ―Human Resource Management – An experiential Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Cascio H, Wayne, ―Managing Human Resources – Productivity, Quality of Work Life and Profits‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
4. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, ―Human Resource Management‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.

15OH64 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY


3003
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Introduction – Concept and Meaning – Characteristics and Scope. (3)

GROUP DYNAMICS: Individual behaviour – Group behavior – Features of Group – Formation and Development – Types of Groups –
Group Structure and Cohesiveness. (6)

PERCEPTION AND ATTITUDE: Importance of Perception – Need for Shaping Perception – Workplace Attitude. (3)

MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP: Meaning – Types - Motivation Theories - Implications of Motivational Theories in Workplace –
Ways for Improving Employee Motivation – Leadership Styles Theories – Ethical Leadership. (6)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions – Emotional Intelligence – Building Interpersonal Relations– Managing the
Boss – Dealing with Subordinates. (6)

STRESS: Dynamics – Types – Signs – Causes – Workplace Stress and Coping Strategies. (4)

73
ORGANISATION CULTURE: Meaning – Types – Importance – Changing Organizational Culture and Matching People with
Organizational Culture – Working Environment. (5)

INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE BOREDOM: Types of Industrial Fatigue – Symptoms – Causes and Remedies of Industrial Fatigue Industrial
Boredom – Causes – Effective Ways to Reduce Boredom. (6)

JOB SATISFACTION: Job Satisfaction – Consequences – Tips for Reducing Job Dissatisfaction. (3)

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: Concept – Objectives – Process – Methods of Performance Evaluation. (3)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, ―Industrial Psychology‖, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010.
2. Michael G Aamodt, ―Industrial / Organizational Psychology-An Applied Approach‖, Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Ronald Riggio, ―Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology‖, Pearson Publication, 2012.

15OH65 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT


3003
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning,
Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. (5)

ENGINEERS AND ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Social, Economic, Technological and Political. Social Responsibility of
Engineers. (3)

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: MBO, Theory Z, Kaizen, Six Sigma, Quality Circles and TQM. (Case Study) (5)

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity in six sigma and TQM –
Factors Influencing Productivity. (7)

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values and
Perceptions at work. (7)

INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Growth of Industries (Small Scale, Medium Scale and Large Scale Industries). Forms
of Business Organizations. Resource Management – Internal and External Sources. (6)

MANAGING INFORMATION: Why Information Matters – Strategic Importance of Information – Cost of Useful Information – Getting and
Sharing Information. (6)

WELFARE IN INDUSTRY: Working condition, service facilities, legal legislation – Factories Act, 1948 and Workmen‘s Compensation
Act. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, ―Principles of Management‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, ―Principles of Management‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Gupta C.B., ―Management Theory and Practice‖, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Rao V.S.P., ―Management Text and Cases‖, Excel books, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Fred Luthans, ―Organisational Behaviour‖, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2005.
4. Robert Kreitner, ―Management Theory and Application‖, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15OH66 BUSINESS STATISTICS


3003
STATISTICS INTRODUCTION: Definition, Types of Statistics, Types of Variables, Descriptive Measures, Basic Definition and Rules
of Probability, Independence of Events. (9)

DESCRIPTIVES MEASURES: Measures of central tendency, dispersion, Probability Distributions. (6)

SAMPLING: Definition, Selection of Statistical tools, Sampling Methods, Sampling Frame determining the sample size. (6)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: ANOVA- Independent sample t test, Paired t test. (4)

PARAMETRIC TEST: Concept, Chi square tests for Association and homogeneity, One sample t test. (4)

74
CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: Karl Pearson Correlation, Linear regression (Both manual and software applications),
Components, Trend-Method of least squares and moving averages, seasonal variation-Simple average method only. (10)

STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY: Uncertainty and risk and Decision tree analysis (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nandagopal, Arulrajan and Vivek., ―Research Methods‖, Excel Books, 2007.
2. Levin R.I. and Rubin D., ―Quantitative Approaches to Management‖, McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Viswanathan P.K., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Anderson Sweeney Williams., ―Quantitative Methods for Business‖, Thomson South Western, 2011.
3. Naval Bajpai., ―Business Statistics‖, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH67 DISASTER MANAGEMENT


3003
INTRODUCTION: Disaster – Definition, Factors and Significance, Difference between Hazard and Disaster, History of Disasters and
Types, Disaster Aids. (4)

NATURAL DISASTERS: Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche.
(5)
MAN MADE DISASTERS: Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs,
Nuclear disaster.- Forest Fire-Oil fire –accident in Mines. (8)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY: Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and
rehabilitation- disaster mapping. (8)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION: Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities. -Disasters in and India ,Assessment of Disaster
Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups- Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through
capacity building -Preparation of Disaster Management Plans. (8)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster
recovery & rehabilitation, Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency
Support Functions and their coordination mechanism. (8)

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: Study of Environmental Impacts Induced by Human Activity, Industrial Accidents, Outbreaks of Disease
and Epidemics, War and Conflicts. (4)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ramana Murthy., ―Disaster Management‖, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Rajdeep Dasgupta., ―Disaster Management and Rehabilitation‖, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. ―Disaster Management in India - A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute‖, Ministry of Home
Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004.
2. Murthy D B N., ―Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies‖, Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
3. Sundar I and Sezhiyan T., ―Disaster Management‖, Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.Khanna B K., ―All You Wanted To Know
About Disasters‖, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH68 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING


3003
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING: Meaning, Definition and significance of Accounting, Accounting Principles, Concepts and
Conventions, Classifications of Accounts. (9)

BASIC ACCOUNTING: Journal Entry, Ledger, and Trial Balance Sheet, preparation of final accounts: Trading, Profit & Loss
Account, Balance sheet. (9)

BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Meaning – Types of Financial Analysis Income Statement, common analysis, trend analysis,
ratio analysis, corporate cash flow, DuPont Model. (9)

COST ACCOUNTING: Accounting for overheads, Cost sheet, Marginal and Absorption costing, Break even analysis, Effect on
profits, Activity Based Costing system. (6)

75
ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING: CVP Analysis -Relevant Costs and Revenue for Decision Making, Pricing Decisions,
Operational Decisions, Exploring New markets, Make or buy decisions. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANNING AND CONTROLLING: Budgets, Budgetary Control -Variance Analysis - Cost and Financial
Variances. (6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ambrish Gupta., ―Financial Accounting for Management - An Analytical Perspective‖, Pearson, 2012.
2. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William O. Stratton, Dave Burgstahler and Jeff O. Schatzberg., ―Introduction to
Management Accounting‖, Global Edition, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Colin Drury., ―Cost and Management Accounting - An Introduction‖, Cengage Learning EMEA, 2011.
2. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K., ―Management Accounting‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
3. Sanjay Dhamija., ―Financial Accounting for Managers‖, Pearson, 2012.

15OH69 MARKETING MANAGEMENT


3003
FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING: Meaning & Definition, The Perspectives on Marketing, Selling Vs Marketing, Marketing
Environment- Internal & External, prospects & Challenges of marketing in Global Environment. (9)

MARKETING STRATEGY: Formulating Marketing Strategy, Key Drivers of Marketing Strategy, Marketing Strategies- Marketing Mix
Components. (7)

COMPETITOR ANALYSIS: Analysis of Consumer & Industrial Markets, Building Competitive Advantage. (6)

MARKETING MIX DECISIONS: Product Planning &Development, Product Cycle, New Product Development, Market
Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Pricing objectives, Pricing policies & Methods. (10)

BUYER BEHAVIOUR: Understanding Industrial and Individual Buyer Behavior, Influencing Factors, Online Buying Behavior,
Building Customer Satisfaction. (6)

MARKETING RESEARCH & TRENDS IN MARKETING: Marketing Information System, Marketing Research Process & Purpose,
Ethics in Marketing, Online Marketing Trends. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Philip Kortler and Kevin Lane Keller., ―Marketing Management‖, PH, 2012.
2. Ramaswamy V S and Namakumari S., ―Marketing Management‖, Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillian Publishers
India Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Baines et al., ―Marketing‖, Oxford, 2014.
2. Lamb and Hara., ―MKTG‖, Cengage Publications, 2013.
3. Chandrasekar K. S., ―Marketing Management Text and Cases‖, Tata McGraw Hill Vijaynicole, 2010.

15OH70 DEFENCE PRACTICES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT


3003
HISTORY & ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS: NCC- Army, Navy, Air force; Aim and Motto; Ranks and Equivalent Ranks; Honors
and Awards; Organization; Training – Nation Building; Civil affairs; Social Service & Needs; Environment & Ecology; Pollution; Rain
Water Harvesting; Law and Order; Corruption. (7)

WEAPONS: Introduction; Types of Weapons; Armed Forces Fighting Arms; Service Corps; Section Formation & Types; Firing
Order; Judging Distance; Types of Land; Working Principle of Rifle, Tank, Missiles; Characteristics of supporting Rifle and its
ammunitions; Field Craft and Battle Craft; Fighting - Role of Fighting Arms and map reading. (7)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Definition; Types of Disaster; Elements of Disaster Management, Foundations of Disaster Studies-
Review of Concepts, Organizations – NDMA, NIDM, NDMRT, NEC, Disaster Mitigation, Disaster Preparedness, Disaster Relief,
Reconstruction Planning, Economic and Social Rehabilitation, Globalization and Disaster Studies, Social Science and Domains
Approach. (7)

LIFE SKILL MANAGEMENT: Introduction; Concept of Life Skills; Internalizing of Life Skills; Self awareness and Empathy; Knowing
Myself; Self care; Empathizing with others; Creative Thinking & Critical Thinking; Practicing Decision making & Problem Solving;

76
Effective Communication – Inter Personal Relationship; Coping with Emotions & Stress; Facilitation skills – Verbal & Non verbal;
Training Methodologies. (7)

HEALTH AND HYGIENE: Anatomy, Physiology, Microbiology – Personal and Mental Health ; Infectious and Contagious Diseases,
its prevention; First Aid in common Medical Emergencies; Basics of Home Nursing; Treatment and care of Wounds and Fractures.
(7)

FIELD TRAINING: Foot Drill; Handling-Inspection Training; MapReading; Physical Proficiency Training; Introduction to Yoga. (10)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. ―Cadets Hand Book for Senior Division‖, OTA, Kamptee.
2. Schneid T and Collins L, ―Disaster Management and Preparedness‖, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C, 1998.

REFERENCES:
1. ―Facilitator's Manual on Enhancing Life Skills‖ Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, 2009.
2. Manoj J.S., ―Health and Hygiene‖, Agra University Publication.
3. United States. War Dept. Military Intelligence Division ―Japanese infantry weapons‖, The Division, 1943.
4. http://nccindia.nic.in/.

ENGLISH

15OH75 ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY


3003
SELF MANAGEMENT AND ATTITUDES: Self Concept, Stress management, Positive attitude, Influential Skills, Initiative, Empathy,
Social Etiquette (5)

COMMUNICATION STYLES : Presentation Skills, Interpersonal Communication Skills, Interviewing Skills, Verbal and Nonverbal
(body language) skills, Active Listening, Professional Writing, Effective email writing (16)

TEAM WORK: Inter team cooperation, Intra team cooperation, Diversity, Productivity, Goal Setting and action (4)

LEADERSHIP SKILLS: Empowerment, Planning, Establishing Credibility, Vision & direction, Supervision, Mentoring, Decision-
making, Creativity, Flexibility, Team problem solving (5)

MANAGING TIME AND PRESSURES: Managing Change, Time management, Effective meetings (5)

EFFECTIVE AND EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE: Communication with the customer- telephonic and online services,
Managing conflicts or Challenging communication, Setting and resetting customer expectations, Building customer confidence,
Growing customer relationship, Opportunity management, Developing team approach to meet customer needs. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Charles J and Stewart William B Cash, ―Interviewing: Principles and Practices‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Rao M S, ―Soft Skills –Enhancing Employability- Connecting Campus with Corporate‖, IK International Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Simon Sweeney, ―English for Business Communication‖, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH76 ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS


3003
READING COMPREHENSION: Focus on different levels of Comprehension- Literal, Inferential, Analytical and Critical reasoning (7)
Identifying key words and signal words, decoding the building blocks of a passage, understanding jargons and double distractors (2)
LISTENING COMPREHENSION: Micro skills and Macro skills of Listening (4)
Identifying tone and purpose, eliminating distracters in objective type questions (2)
SPEAKING : Sub skills of speaking- Genre-specific oral communication (4)
VERBAL ABILITY: Word formation and expansion, Selecting and ordering words - Identifying and correlating synonyms

77
and antonyms - Collocations (5)
Sentence Completion (5)
Verbal analogies (3)
Spotting and correcting errors (4)
WRITING : Mapping ideas, developing points and employing Variety in sentence types (3)
Referencing, Ellipsis and substitution in writing – Skillful paragraphing (unity, coherence and cohesion) (3)
Register and Tone in Critical, Analytical writing -Useful Language for describing graphs -Expressing strong opinions (3)
Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Kaplan, ―GRE Complete 2016: The Ultimate in Comprehensive Self-Study for GRE‖ Kaplan Publishing, 2015
2. Bruce Stirling, ―Speaking and Writing Strategies for the TOEFL IBT‖, Nova Press, 2009.
3. Lin Lougheed, ― Barron's IELTS: International English Language Testing System‖ , Barron's Educational Series, 2013
4. Sujit Kumar, ―Verbal Ability for the CAT‖ , Pearson Education India, South India, 2011.

15OH77 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.1

3003

GUTEN TAG! - LEARNING: To greet, learn numbers till 20, practice telephone numbers & e mail address, learn alphabet, speak
about countries & languages ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: W – Questions, Verbs & Personal nouns I. (7.5)

FREUNDE, KOLLEGEN UND ICH - LEARNING: To speak about hobbies, jobs, learn numbers from 20; Vocabulary: related to the
topic; Grammar: Articles, Verbs & Personal pronouns II, sein & haben verbs, ja/nein Frage, singular/plural. (7.5)

IN DER STADT – LEARNING: To know places, buildings, question, know transport systems, understand international words;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Definite & indefinite articles, Negotiation, Imperative with Sie. (7.5)

GUTEN APPETIT! – LEARNING: To speak about food, shop, converse; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Sentence
position, Accusative, Accusative with verbs. (7.5)

TAG FΫR TAG – LEARNING: To learn time related expressions, speak about family, ask excuse, fix appointments on phone;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Preposition – am, im, um, von…bis, Possessive articles, Modalverbs. (7.5)

ZEIT MIT FREUNDEN – LEARNING: To speak about birthdays, understand & write invitations, converse in the restaurant;
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Accusative personal pronouns and prepositions. (7.5)

Total L: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Stefanie Dengler, ―Netzwerk A1.1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Gerbes, ―Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010.
2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012.
3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH78 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.2

3003

KONTAKTE - LEARNING: To arrange appointments, understand and give instructions, understand and reply letters, find
information in the text, identify the situations and understand the conversation ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Dative
Preposition & Article , Accusative Possessive Article. (7.5)

78
MEINE WOHNUNG - LEARNING: To understand the advertisements related to flats/ho uses, describe a flat, write a text about a
flat; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adjective with sein ( sehr/zu), wechselpreposition with Dat. (7.5)

ALLES ARBEIT? – LEARNING: To describe daily routine, talk about the past, speake about jobs, position, advertisements, prepare
telephone conversation; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Conjunctions, Perfect tense ( regular & irregular verbs ). (7.5)

KLEIDUNG UND MODE – LEARNING: To speak about clothes, understand the conversation at shopping centers, about Berlin.
Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Perfect tense (trennbare & nicht trennbare verbs), personal pronomen & verbs with
Dat. (7.5)

GESUND UND MUNTER – LEARNING: To make personal statements, name body parts, understand sport activities, conversation
with the doctor, get & give tips to healthy life, e mail writing; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Imperative, Modalverbs.
(7.5)

AB IN DEN URLAUB! – LEARNING: To suggest a city tour, describe the directions, write a postcard, describe the weather, make
a complain in the hotel, speak about the trips, letter writing ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adverbs (time). (7.5)

Total L : 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Stefanie Dengler, ―‗Netzwerk A1.2‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Gerbes,‖‗Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010.
2. Paul Rusch, ―Einfach Grammatik‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012.
3. Hermann Funk, ―studio d A1‖, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES

15OH81 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS


2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract Data Types - Basic data structures –Arrays, stacks, queues and linked lists-Operations
and applications (5)

ALGORITHMS: Introduction-Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time complexities - notations. (2)

TREES: Terminologies – Binary tree- Sequential and linked representation -operations - Traversals - Expression trees - Infix, Postfix
and Prefix expressions – Heaps- Max heap-Min heap. (4)

SORTING AND SEARCHING: Insertion sort, selection sort, heap sort, count sort and radix sort - searching , Linear Search. (4)

BINARY SEARCH TREES: Searching – Insertion and deletion of elements-Balanced BST- AVL trees-Definition – searching –
insertion and deletion of elements, AVL rotations (4)
MULTIWAY SEARCH TREES: Indexed Sequential Access – m-way search trees – B-Tree – searching, insertion and deletion .(3)

GRAPHS: Definition – representations (Adjacency matrix, packed adjacency list and linked adjacency list) – Graph search methods
(Breadth first and depth first traversals) . (2)

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Method – Merge sort, Quick sort, Binary Search. (3)
GREEDY METHOD: Optimization problems – method – examples – Minimum cost spanning tree (Kruskal‘s and prim‘s algorithms),
Knapsack problem (3)
TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Implementation of the following problems:
1. Sparse and dense Matrix operations using arrays.
2. Linked Lists: Singly linked, Doubly linked and Circular lists.
3. Problems using Stacks.
4. Problems using Queues.
5. Binary trees
6. Problems related to sorting and searching algorithms.
7. Binary search tree
8. Minimum cost spanning tree
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

79
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia and David Mount, ―Data Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, John Wiley, 2011.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++‖, Addison-Wesley, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Prentice Hall, New
Delhi, 2005.
2. Robert L Kruse and Clovis L Tondo, ―Data Structures and Program design in C‖, Pearson Education, 2013.
3. SahniSartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2011.

15OH82 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES


2 2 0 3
LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Graphical method for two dimensional problems – Central problems of Linear Programming –
Definitions – Simplex Algorithm – Phase I and Phase II of Simplex Method. (8)

CONVEX OPTIMIZATION: Convex sets and cones- Convex functions- Convex optimization problems- linear and quadratic
programs; second-order cone and semi-definite programs; quasi-convex optimization problems; vector and multi-criterion
optimization. (5)

SIMPLEX MULTIPLIERS: Dual and Primal – Dual Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method - Sensitivity Analysis –
Transportation problem and its solution – Assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method – Karmakar‘s method –
Statement, Conversion of the Linear Programming problem into the required form, Algorithm. (7)

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Gomory cutting plane methods for all integer and mixed integer programming problems - Branch and
Bound method (Land – Dolg and Dakin algorithms) – Zero-One Implicit enumeration Algorithm. (5)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Principle of Optimality – Backward and forward induction methods- Calculus method of solution-
Tabular method of solution – Shortest path network problems – Applications in production. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Solving inequalities using Simplex, Two-phase, Dual simplex methods, Revised simplex method.
2. Finding initial basic feasible solution using (i) North-West corner rule(ii) Matrix minimum and (iii) Vogel‘s approximation method
and also perform optimalitytest using MODI method.
3. Solving Assignment problem using Hungarian method.
4. Gomory;s cutting plane methods for all IPP and mixed IPP.
5. Solving Dynamic Programming problems.
6. Critical path for the given PERT and CPM networks.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Hamdy A Taha, ―Operations Research – An Introduction‖, Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. Slephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe ― Convex Optimization‖ Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Hillier F and Liberman G J, ―Introduction to Operations Research‖, McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Kambo N S, ―Mathematical Programming Techniques‖, East-West Press, 2012.
3. Singiresu S Rao, ―Engineering optimization theory and Practice‖, John Wiley, 2014.

15OH83 DATA SCIENCE


2 2 03

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE : Data wrangling, cleaning, and sampling to get a suitable data set - Mathematics for
understanding the data – Descriptive statistics : Visualizing Data - Central Tendency –Variability –Standardizing -Normal
Distribution -Sampling Distributions. (6)

DATA MANIPULATION AT SCALE : Parallel databases, parallel query processing, in-database analytics, MapReduce, Hadoop,
Key-value stores and NoSQL; tradeoffs of SQL and NoSQL. (5)

DATA ANALYTICS USING STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES : Review of univariate regression, multiple regression - Linear regression
and related methods - splines and regularization - Kernel methods - Generalized additive models - Kernel smoothing - Gaussian
mixtures and EM algorithm - Geometry, subspaces, orthogonality, projections, normal equations, rank deficiency, estimable
functions and Gauss-Markov theorem - Computation via QR decomposition, Gramm-Schmidt orthogonalization and the SVD -
Multivariate normal distribution. (11)

80
COMMUNICATING RESULTS : Visualization - descriptive statistics and visualization, privacy, ethics – multivariate visualization.
(3)
SPECIAL TOPICS : Graph Analytics: structure, traversals, analytics, PageRank, community detection, recursive queries, Semantic
web. (3)

CASE STUDY : Community Detection – Collaborative Network – Opinion mining – Co-citation network (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Introduction to R and problems using R.
2. Collect datasets from Kaggle and Data Analysis.
3. Implementation of various predictive models.
4. Generate the results using Confidence levels.
5. Implementation of SVD.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOK:
1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets‖, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Ravi Kannan and John Hopcroft, ―Foundations of Data Science‖, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Johannes Ledolter, ‗Data Mining and Business Analytics with R‘, John Wiley & Sons, 2013
2. Gareth James and Daniel Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, ―An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in
R‖, Springer, 2013.
3. Michael T. Longnecker, R. Lyman Ott,‖ An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis‖, Cengage Learning 2008.
4. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, ―The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction‖, Springer,
2009.
5. Matthew A. Russell,‖Mining the Social Web: Analyzing Data from Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Other Social Media Sites‖,
O'Reilly Media, 2013.
6. Philipp K. Janert, ―Data Analysis with Open Source Tools‖, O'Reilly Media, 2010.

15OH84 DATA VISUALIZATION


2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information visualization – Theoretical foundations – Information visualization types – Design principles - A
framework for producing data visualization (5)

STATIC DATA VISUALIZATION – tools – working with various data formats (3)

DYNAMIC DATA DISPLAYS : Introduction to web based visual displays – deep visualization – collecting sensor data – visualization
– D3 framework - Introduction to Many eyes and bubble charts (6)

MAPS – Introduction to building choropleth maps (3)

TREES – Network visualizations – Displaying behavior through network graphs (6)

BIG DATA VISUALIZATION – Visualizations to present and explore big data – visualization of text data and Protein sequences (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Note: Explore software like R, Python, Google Vision, Google Refine, and ManyEyes; Data sets are available on Gap minder,
Flowing data

1. Visualization of static data.


2. Visualization of web data.
3. Visualization of sensor data.
4. Visualization of protein data.
Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ware C and Kaufman M ‖Visual thinking for design‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Chakrabarti, S ―Mining the web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext data ―,Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003.
2. Fry ,‖Visualizing data‖, Sebastopo‖,O‘Reily, 2007.

15OH85 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE


2 20 3
INTRODUCTION: The foundations of AI - The History of AI- Intelligent agents- Agent based system. (2)

81
PROBLEM SOLVING: State Space models- Searching for solution- Uninformed/Blind search - Informed/ Heuristic search - A*
search - Hill-climbing search- Genetic Algorithm– Markovian Decision Process (MDP) – Maximum value policies, Adversarial
games– value/policy iteration – Minimax – Alpha-beta pruning – Temporal difference (TD) - Constraint satisfaction problem -
factor graphs - Backtracking search. (8)

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING: Knowledge representation - Logics – First order logic- Inference in first
order logic – Higher order logic - Markov logic. (5)

UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND PROBABILISTIC REASONING: Uncertainty-Probabilistic reasoning - Semantics of Bayesian


network -, Exact inference in Bayesian network- Approximate inference in Bayesian network- Direct sampling methods, Inference
by Markov chain simulation - Probabilistic reasoning over time – Hidden Markov Models. (5)

DECISION-MAKING: basics of utility theory, sequential decision problems - decision network– policy -Decision process in infinite
horizon: Optimal policy, Value iteration - policy iteration- Partially observable decision process – Decisions in Multi agent system:
elementary game theory, (6)

LEARNING: Learning from observation - Knowledge in learning – Supervised Learning - Unsupervised and Reinforcement
learning. (2)

ROBOTICS: Introduction. (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
Lab assignments will be provided for all the topics given below.
1. A* algorithm for 8 –puzzle and Missionaries and Cannibals problem.
2. Hill climbing and genetic algorithm
3. Constraint satisfaction techniques,
4. Simple games – minimax and expectimax
5. Logic based exercises.
6. Implementing HMM models
7. Applications of sequential decision making and multi agent decision making
8. Implementing decision network and dynamic networks.
Total L: 30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. David Pool and Alan Mackworth, ―Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents‖, Cambridge University,
2011.
3. Daphne Koller and N Friedman, ―Probabilistic Graphical Models - Principles and Techniques‖, MIT, 2009.
4. Tsang and Edward, ―Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction: The Classic Text‖, BoD–Books on Demand, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Christopher M.Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer, 2013.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, ―The Quest for Artificial Intelligence: A History of Ideas and achievements‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

15OH86 PERVASIVE COMPUTING


2 20 3
INTRODUCTION: Past, present, future; the pervasive computing market, m-Business, challenges and future of pervasive computing
- modelling key for pervasive computing - pervasive system environment interaction - architectural design for pervasive system,
application examples of pervasive computing: Healthcare, Tracking, emergency information systems, home networking appliances
and entertainment. (4)

DEVICE TECHNOLOGY FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Hardware,computing devices and their characteristics - pervasive
information access devices-smart identification, smart card, labels, tokens - embedded controls, smart sensors, actuators -Human-
machine interfaces, Biometrics - Various operating systems for pervasive devices. (4)

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Connecting the world – WWAN, SRWC, DECT, Bluetooth,
IrDA – mobile internet – internet protocols. Audio networks, data networks - wireless data networks - pervasive networks - service
oriented networks - network design issues - Managing smart devices in virtual environments, human user-centered and physical
environments - pervasive computing issues and outlook. (6)

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING PERVASIVE APPLICATIONS: Categorization - smart services for pervasive application
development - developing mobile applications – presentation transcoding – device independent view component – heterogeneity of
device platforms - Context Awareness and Mobility to build pervasive applications. (6)

82
CONTEXT AWARE SYSTEMS: Modelling - mobility awareness - spatial awareness - temporal awareness - ICT system awareness
- Intelligent Systems - basic concepts- autonomous systems - reflective and self-aware systems - self management and autonomic
computing - complex systems. (6)

LOCATION AWARE SYSTEMS: Basic concepts - location modelling - Introduction to location management – DNS Server, server
process, client process – location update – location inquiry-location management cost – network topology – mobility pattern,
memory less movement model, Markovian Model, Shortest distance model, Gauss-Markov model, Activity Based Model, Mobility
Trace. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Create application with onClick, onKeyDown, onFocusChanged Event Handlers.
2. Create application with Toast Notifications.
3. Create application with Android's Advanced User Interface Functions.
4. Create Android Audio/Video Application.
5. Create application to Create, Modify and Query an SQLite Database.
6. Create application that Works with an Android Content Provider.
7. Create application that performs Data Storage and Retrieval from Android External Storage.
8. Create Location-Aware application that uses Proximity Alerts and Google Maps API.
9. Implementation of small packages to demonstrate all APIs.
Note: All implementations using android.
Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stefan Poslad, ―Ubiquitous Computing - Smart Devices, Environment and Interactions‖, John Wiley, 2011.
2. Adelstein F and Gupta S K S, ―Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Guruduth Banavar, Norman Cohen, Chandra Narayanaswami, ―Pervasive Computing: An Application-Based Approach‖, Wiley
Inter Science, 2012.
2. Mohammed Ilyas and ImadMahgoub, ―Mobile Computing Handbook‖, Auerbach Publications, 2005.
3. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper and Rintdorff, Schaeck. ―Pervasive Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2009.
4. AshokeTalukdar and RoopaYavagal, ―Mobile Computing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH87 PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING


2203

INTRODUCTION: Concepts and Terminology – Generic Processor / ASIC Processor Architecture – Pipeline Architecture –
Instruction Set Architecture - Types of Parallelism - Flynn's Classical Taxonomy – Terminology . (4)

PARALLEL COMPUTER MEMORY ARCHITECTURES: Shared Memory - Distributed Memory -Hybrid Distributed-Shared Memory
Multiprocessors: Communication and Memory issues - Message Passing Architectures - Vector Processing and SIMD Architectures.
(4)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING MODELS: Overview -Shared Memory Model - Threads Model - Message Passing Model - Data
Parallel Model - Other Models. (4)

DESIGNING PARALLEL PROGRAMS: Automatic vs. Manual Parallelization - Understand the Problem and the Program -
Partitioning -Communications - Synchronization -Data Dependencies - Load Balancing -Granularity -I/O -Limits and Costs of Parallel
Programming - Performance Analysis and Tuning - Parallel Examples -Array Processing - Compiler Transformation techniques for
High performance computing: - Transformations for parallel Machines. (5)

PRAM ALGORITHMS& BSP: PRAM model of computation- Work-Time formalism and Brent‘s Theorem; algorithm design
techniques-parallel prefix, pointer jumping, (3)

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES - Latency Hiding Architectures -Multithreading Architectures -Dataflow
Architectures. (3)

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING:Introduction -- Definitions, motivation - Communication Mechanisms - Communication protocols,-


RPC- RMI. HadoopArchitecture: History of HadoopHadoop Background-Architecture-Hadoop and RDBMS-Subprojects-
Distributions-Documentation. Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS): HDFS Clusters – NameNodes, Data Nodes & Clients.
MapReduce :-Processing & Generating large data sets, Map functions, Programming MapReduce using SQL / Bash / Python,
Parallel Processing, Failover. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Basic Master – Worker program and send messages.

83
2. Write a program to find the summation of largest number in a very larger array of integers. ( The contents of the array
should be equally distributed to all processes ).
3. Write a parallel program in SPMD to calculate the PI value using integral approximation method.
4. Simple Matrix multiplication, Transpose, using parallel algorithm.
5. Select your own choice of very dense computational problem having divide and conquer method and implement it in parallel
algorithm. And produce the performance chart with 2, 4, 6 and 8 nodes.
6. Hadoop setup – Map reduce – Programming models – Text mining.
Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael J Quinn, ― Parallel Computing : Theory And Practice‖, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,2004.
2. Joel M.Crichlow,‖ Distributed And Parallel Computing‖ , Prentice Hall, 2007.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, ― Distributed Systems, Principles and Paradigm‖, Prentice Hall, 2013.
4. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, ―CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming‖, Pearson
Education, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Lynch N.N., ―Distributed Algorithms‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
2. Vijay K Garg, ―Elements of Distributed Computing‖, Wiley 2014.
3. Shane Cook, ―CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs (Applications of GPU Computing)‖,
Elsevier, 2013.
4. Tom White, ―Hadoop Definitive Guide‖, O‘Reily, 2012.
5. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, ―Mapreduce Cook book‖, Packy Publishing, 2013.
6. David F. Bacon, Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp, ―Compiler Transformations for High Performance Computing‖,
Technical report, 1994.

15OH88 CYBER SECURITY


2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms – Techniques – Understanding Threats. (2)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Basic encryption and decryption – Substitution, Transposition – AES- Public key cryptosystem: RSA
cryptosystem –Data Integrity- Cryptography hash functions- Digital Signatures-Digital signature standard(DSS)- Authentication-
Passwords- Biometrics-Interactive protocol- Key management – Diffie –Hellman Key exchange- Digital certificates. (8)

PROGRAM SECURITY: Secure Programs – Buffer overflows – Malware – viruses and other malicious code – Targeted Malicious
code –Defense Mechanism. (6)

NETWORK SECURITY: Security at application layer: email security – SMIME- Security at transport layer: SSL protocol. Security at
network layer: firewalls – intrusion detection system – IPsec (5)

WEB SECURITY: Overview, various types of web application vulnerabilities, Reconnaissance, Authentication, Authorization
(Fuzzing and Privilege Escalation), Session Management, Cross Site Scripting (XSS),Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), SQL
Injection and Blind SQL Injection. (5)

OS SECURITY: Memory and Address protection – Access Control –file protection mechanisms –User authentication –models of
security –Trusted OS design. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Design of a Client server application for a basic cryptosystem.
2. Detection of a Buffer overflow attack.
3. Packet Sniffing using Wireshark Tool to perform the traffic analysis attack.
4. Key distribution using RSA( KDC) – Key hacking.
5. Key exchange using Diffie- Hellman technique – MITM attack.
6. Password authentication.
7. Transaction security using SQL Injection attacks.
8. Port scanning tools.
9. Performing attacks and testing with attack tools.
10. Security testing for Web applications.
Total L:30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, ―Cyber Security Essentials‖, CRC Press, USA, 2011
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Prentice Hall, 2006.

84
2. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strass Berg J, ―Network Security- The Complete Reference‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. Brian Sullivan, Vincent Liu, ―Web Application security: A beginners guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
4. Charles P Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson Education, 2004.

15OH89 RANDOMIZED ALGORITHMS


2203

INTRODUCTION: Randomized algorithms, randomized quick sort, Karger‘s min-cut algorithm Las Vegas and Monte Carlo
algorithms, computational models and complexity classes. (4)

MOMENT, DEVIATION AND TAIL INEQUALITIES: Occupancy problem, Markov and Chebyshev inequalities- randomized
selection- coupon collector‘s problem, the Chernoff bound- routing in a parallel computer- a wiring problem. (4)

PROBABILISTIC METHODS: Overview of the method – maximum satisfiability - finding a large cut, Expander graphs. (4)
MARKOV CHAINS AND RANDOMWALKS: Markov chains, Random walk on graphs - connectivity in undirected graphs –
Expanders and rapidly mixing random walks. (4)

DATA STRUCTURES AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Random Treaps, hashing – hash tables – perfect hashing, skip lists - Fast
min-cut. (4)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Paging problem-adversary models- paging against an oblivious adversary-relating the adversaries-the
adaptive online adversary, k-server problem. (4)

PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Sorting on a PRAM – Maximal Independent sets. (3)

DERANDOMIZATION: The method of Conditional Probabilities – Derandomizing max-cut algorithm – Constructing pairwise
independent values modulo a prime - Pairwise independent – large cut. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of randomized quick sort and solve real time problems using it.
2. Find solution for s-t min-cut problem adapting min cut algorithm.
3. Implementation of randomized selection and problems related to it.
4. Implementation of treap data structure.
5. Problems using randomized hash table.
6. Implement the shortest path and fast min-cut algorithms.
7. Implementation of randomized primality testing.
Total L: 30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Motwani R and Raghavan P ―Randomized Algorithms‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Michael Mitzenmacher and Eli Upfal, ―Probability & Computing: Randomized Algorithms and Probabilistic Analysis‖, Cambridge
University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction toAlgorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009.
2. Jon Kleinberg and Eve Tardos, ―Algorithm Design‖, Pearson Education, 2012.

15OH90 APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS


2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Definition-performance ratios, vertex-cover problem. (3)

COMBINATORIAL ALGORITHMS: lower bounding techniques and Metric TSP, multiway cut problem, the minimum k-cut problem,
FPTAS for knapsack, greedy algorithms for Makespan-PTAS for minimum Makespan, Euclidean TSP. (7)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING RELAXATIONS: LP-duality, min-max relations and LP-duality, rounding applied to vertex cover-simple
rounding algorithm-randomized rounding, primal dual method and vertex cover. (5)

CUTS, METRICAL RELAXATIONS AND EMBEDDINGS: multiway cut, sum multi-commodity flow, some applications of multicut,
rounding for Sparsest Cut via L1 Embeddings. (5)

SEMIDEFINITE PROGRAMMING: Strict quadratic programs and vector programs, properties of positive semidefinite matrices, the
semidefinite programming problem, randomized rounding algorithm, improving the guarantee for MAX-2SAT. (5)

HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: reduction, graphs, and hardness factors, the PCP theorem, hardness of MAX-3SAT. (5)

85
TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of vertex-cover algorithm.
2. Implementation of Greedy algorithm for makespan.
3. Problems related to Euclidean TSP.
4. Implementation of different algorithms with rounding.
5. Implementation of applications of multicut.
Total L:30+T:30 = 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David P. Williamson, David B. Shmoys, ―the design of approximation algorithms‖, Cambridge university press, 2011
2. Vijay V. Vazirani, ―Approximation Algorithms‖, Springer Verlag, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, MIT Press, 2009.
2. Anany Levitin, ―Introduction to design and analysis of algorithm‖, Pearson Education, 2011.

15OH91 NETWORK SCIENCE


2203
INTRODUCTION: Basics of networks and graphs, random network model - degree distribution, evolution, small world property, six
degrees of separation, Watts-Strogatz model, local clustering coefficient, random networks and network science. (6)

BARABÁSI-ALBERT MODEL: Growth and preferential attachment, Barabási-Albert model, degree dynamics, degree distribution,
diameter and the clustering coefficient, preferential attachment - absence of growth, measure, non-linearity, the origins. (6)

SCALE-FREE PROPERTY: Power laws and scale-free networks, Hubs, Universality, Ultra-small property, role of the degree
exponent, Generating networks with a pre-defined degree distribution. (6)

EVOLVING NETWORKS: Bianconi-Barabási model, measuring fitness, Bose-Einstein condensation, evolving networks. (5)

DEGREE CORRELATIONS: Assortativity and disassortativity, Measuring degree correlations, Structural cutoffs, Degree
correlations in real networks, Generating correlated networks, impact of degree correlations. (7)

Total L:30+T:30 = 60

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implementation of Barabási-Albert model.
2. Implementation of Watts-Strogatz model.
3. Implementation of Bianconi-Barabási model.
4. Obtaining Degree correlations in real networks.
5. Case studies of the theory concepts on real networks.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ted G. Lewis, ―Network Science: Theory and Practice‖, Wiley, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Estrada, E., Fox, M., Higham, D.J. and Oppo, G.L., ―Network Science - Complexity in Nature and Technology‖, Springer, 2010.
2. Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, http://barabasilab.neu.edu/networksciencebook/downlPDF.html

15OH92 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES


2203

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction – Classification of Stochastic Processes – Markov Chain (2)

DISCRETE TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction -Transition Probability Matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov Equations -
Classification of States – Transient Distributions –Limiting Behaviour – Cost Models – First Passage times – Markov Decision
process. (7)

RANDOM WALK MODELS: Symmetric random walk – Random walk on graphs – Gambler‘s Ruin model (3)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction – Poisson Process - Birth and Death Processes – Kolmogorov Differential
Equations – Pure Birth Process - Pure Death Process – Applications (8)

GENERALIZED MARKOV MODELS: Introduction – Distribution - Renewal Theorems - Residual and Excess Life Times -Alternating
Renewal Process - Renewal Reward Processes – Semi Markov Process
(5)

86
GENERAL QUEUEING MODELS: Single and Multi server Poisson Queues - Single Server Queue with Poisson input and general
service– General input and exponential service Queueing models. (5)

TUTORIALS PRACTICE:
1. Case Study for Markov Chain: Passport Credit Card Company, Manufacturing, Telecommunication
2. Case Study for generalized Markov Process: Healthy Heart Coronary Care Facility
3. Modeling Network Protocols using Queueing Models
4. Performance Evaluation of Communication Systems
5. Page Ranking Algorithms

Total L:30 +T:30= 60


TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kulkarni, V.G., ―Introduction to Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems‖, Springer, 2011.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, ―Introduction to Probability Models‖, Academic Press, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Roy D.Yates and David J. Goodman, ―Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and
Computer Engineers‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
2. SaeedGhahramani, ―Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes‖, Pearson, 2014.
3. Dimitri Bertsekas, Robert Gallager, ―Data Networks‖, Pearson , 2003.
4. Samuel Karlin Howard E.Taylor, ―A First course in Stochastic Processes‖, Academic Press, 2011.
5. Gross.D and Harris C.M, ―Fundamentals of Queueing theory‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

15OH93 MODELLING AND SIMULATION


2203
PRINCIPLE OF COMPUTER MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Monte Carlo simulation. Nature of computer modeling and
simulation.Limitations of simulation, areas of application. (3)

SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENT:Components of a system - discrete and continuous systems. Models of a system - A variety of
modelling approaches. (3)

DATA-DRIVEN MODELS: Empirical Models-Introduction - Linear Empirical Model- Predictions-Linear Regression - Nonlinear One-
Term Model - Multiterm Models - Advanced Fitting with Computational Tools (3)

RANDOM VARIABLE GENERATION: Inverse transform technique - Exponential distribution - Uniform distribution - Weibull
distribution. Empirical continuous distribution - generating approximate normal variates - Erlang distribution. Empirical Discrete
distribution - Discrete Uniform distribution - Poisson distribution - Geometric distribution - Acceptance - Rejection technique for
Poisson distribution - Gamma distribution. (4)

DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Input - Output analysis - variance reduction techniques - Antithetic
variables - verification and validation of simulation models. (4)

DISCRETE EVENT SIMULATION: Concepts in discrete-event simulation, manual simulation using event scheduling, single channel
queue, two server queue, simulation of inventory problem. (5)

SIMULATION LANGUAGES - GPSS - SIMSCRIPT - SIMULA - SIMPLE_1, Programming for Discrete event systems in GPSS,
SIMPLE_1 and C. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Simulation of LAN - Manufacturing system - Hospital system. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. Implement variance reduction.
2. Implement event scheduling.
3. Simulate inventory problem.
4. Simulate a manufacturing system.
Total L: 30+T: 30=60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jerry Banks and John S. Carson, "Discrete Event System Simulation", Prentice Hall, 2013.
2. AngelaB.Shiflet andGeorge W. Shiflet, ―Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for theSciences‖,
Princeton University Press, 2014

REFERENCES:
1. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fugaha, ―Network Modelling and Simulation A Practical Perspective‖, John
Wiley, 2010.
2. Averil M Law , "Simulation Modelling and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill,2014.

87
15OH94 GRAPH ALGORITHMS
2 2 0 3
INTRODUCTION: Graphs, subgraphs, matrix representations, degree sequence, connected graphs, vertex and edge connectivity,
distance in graphs, weighted graphs, graph classes, interval graphs, clique, independent set, vertex cover. Trees –
characterizations, rooted, unrooted, spanning tree, matrix tree theorem, Cayley‘s formula. Graph operations – union, intersection,
product. Digraphs – connectivity, tournament, transitive closure, topological order. Algorithms – time and space complexities. (4)

PATH AND TREE ALGORITHMS: Shortest path problem, Dijkstra‘s algorithm, Floyd‘s algorithm for all pair shortest path, Bellman-
Ford-Moore shortest path algorithm for graphs with negative length edges. Minimum weight spanning tree – fundamental cycles,
cotrees and bonds, Prim‘s and Kruskals‘s algorithms, Cheriton-Tarjan algorithm. Depth-first and breadth-first algorithms for finding
blocks. (4)

MATCHING: Maximum and perfect matchings, augmenting path, Berge‘s, Konig‘s and Tutte‘s theorems, Hall‘s theorem, Hungarian
algorithm, Edmond-Blossom algorithm. Kuhn-Munker‘s algorithm for optimal assignment. (4)

NETWORK FLOW: Maximum flow in a network, minimum cut, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, Max-flow min-cut theorem. Similarity
between matching and flow theories. (3)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian trails and tours. Optimal Chinese Postman Tour – Edmond‘s and Johnson
algorithm, Eulerian trail - Fleury‘s algorithm. Hamiltonian cycles – Ore‘s and Dirac‘s conditions. Gray codes, Traveling Salesman
problem – Christofide‘s algorithm. (5)

VERTEX COLORING: Vertex coloring and bounds. Sequential coloring, largest degree first algorithms. Maximum clique and vertex
coloring. Mycielski‘s construction for large chromatic number. (3)

GRAPH ISOMORPHISM: Isomorphism, subgraph isomorphism, László Babai‘s quasi-polynomial time solution for graph
isomorphism problem. (4)

PLANAR GRAPHS: Euler‘s formula, dual graph, Kuratowski‘s theorem, 4-color problem, Wagner‘s theorem. Planarity testing –
Hopcraft-Tarjan algorithm. (3)

Total L: 30+T: 30=60

TUTORIAL PRACTICE:
1. VLSI Physical design – maximum Independent set, maximum clique and minimum coloring for interval graphs, Steiner minimum
tree in routing.
2. Isomorphism/subgraph isomorphism problem in Data mining - common subgraph pattern in networks, chemical compound
within a chemical database.
3. Link verification using Eulerian trails.
4. Network flow – finding maximum flow in network
5. Register allocation, frequency assignment using vertex coloring
6. Traveling salesman problem using Hamiltonian concept
7. Planar graph embedding
8. Solving optimal assignment problem

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Willian Kocay, Donald L. Kreher, Graphs, Algorithms, and Optimization, CRC Press, 2013.
2. Jonathan Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Douglas B West, Introduction to Graph Theory, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Springer, 2013.
3. Bang-Jensen, Jørgen, Gutin, Gregory Z., Diagraphs: Theory, Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2010.

88
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
(Six courses to be opted)

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

15L001 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION


3003
ELEMENTS OF SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS AND ORBITAL ASPECTS: Brief history and current state of Satellite
Communications - Satellite systems, Transmission and Multiplexing-Modulation-Multiple access-advent of Digital satellite
communications. The Equations of the Orbit - Locating the Satellite in the Orbit - Orbital elements - Look angle - Elevation and
Azimuth calculations - Geostationary orbit - Visibility - Orbital perturbations - Orbital effects in Communication system performance.
(7)
Expandable Launch Vehicle (ELV) - Space Transportation System (STS) - The mechanics of Launching a Synchronous satellite -
The rocket equation - Powered flight - Injection into final orbit and orbital manoeuvres - Mission possibilities - Low thrust variations.
(6)
SPACE CRAFT: Space craft subsystems - Altitude and Orbit Control System - Telemetry, Tracking and Command (TT&C) -
Power systems - Description of communication system - Transponder - Implementations - Transmission Impairments - Space Craft
Antennas - Equipment reliability. (6)

SATELLITE LINK: Basic Transmission Theory - System noise temperature and G/T ratio - Calculation of system noise temperature
- Noise figure - Downlinks and Uplinks - Limits on link performance - Design of Satellite links for specified (C/N) - Rain
attenuation model. (7)

MODULATION AND MULTIPLEXING: Analog Telephone and Television Transmission Systems - Fundamentals of Digital
Transmission - Digital Modulation and Coding - Bit and symbol error rate - Binary and quadrature phase shift keying (BPSK &
QPSK) - Digital Transmission of Voice - PCM and Delta Modulation (DM) - Time division multiplexing. (7)

SATELLITE SERVICES: MSAT service, BSAT service, RADARSAT service, SAR SAT service, INTELSAT service, INMART SAT
service, VSAT service, Satellite Navigation and the Global positioning system. (6)

EARTH STATION: Earth station design for Low system noise temperature - Antennas - Linear Apertures - Rectangular Apertures -
Circular Apertures - Tracking Techniques - Low Noise Amplifiers - High Power Amplifiers - Terrestrial links and distribution.
(6)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tri T Ha, "Digital Satellite Communications", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Timothy Pratt, Charles W Bostian, and Jeremy Allnutt, "Satellite Communications", John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Richaria M, ―Satellite Communication Systems Design Principles‖ McGraw Hill, Inc., New York, 1995.
2. Emanuel Fthenakis, "Manual of Satellite Communications", McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1985.
3. Coolen M "Satellite Communication", IEEE Publication, 1999
4. Wilbur L Pritchard and Joseph A Scuilli, "Satellite Communication Systems Engineering", Prentice Hall Inc, Eagle Wood
Cliffs, New Jersey, 2008.

15L002 DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEMS

3003
INTRODUCTION: Functions of a switching system- Classification- Message, packet and circuit switching- A Review of strowger and
crossbar systems- Electronic switching-Reed electronic systems- Digital switching systems. (6)

SWITCHING NETWORKS: Single stage networks- cross point switches- gradings- forms of grading- Link systems-2, 3 and 4 stage
networks. (6)

TIME DIVISION SWITCHING: Space and Time switching- time division switching networks-PBX switches. (6)

SWITCHING SYSTEMS CONTROL: Introduction-digital switching system fundamentals- and evolution-call processing functions-
common control-stored program control- Processor-Distributed processing- software-The 5ESS switching system. (6)

SIGNALLING METHODS: Review of dc signaling over audio frequency lines- FDM carrier systems-Out-band and in -band
signaling-PCM signaling-Inter register signaling- common channel signaling- Digital customer line signaling. (6)

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING: Introduction to traffic and queuing Theory, Network Traffic Load and Parameters, Grade of Service
Blocking Probability, Incoming traffic and service time characterization. (5)

89
TELEPHONE NETWORK ORGANISATION: Analog and Digital networks-Subscriber Loop System. Switching Hierarchy and
Routing, Transmission Plan and Transmission Systems, Numbering, Charging. (5)

MOBILE SWITCHING: The cellular concept- analog and digital- network elements- channels-initialization- signaling- channel
assignment- handoff- digital cells-fading and path loss. (5)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Flood J E, ―Telecommunications switching, Traffic and Networks‖, Pearson Education Ltd., New Delhi, 2001.
2. Viswanathan T, ―Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks ―, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Biswas N N, ―Principles of Telephony‖, Asia Publication House, New Delhi, 1994.
2. StephenW Gibson, ―Cellular Mobile Radio Telephones‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1987.
3. John Ronayne, ―An Introduction to Digital Communications switching‖, Wheeler publishing, New York, 1992.
4. David J Goodman, ―Wireless Personal Communication Systems‖, Addison Wesley Inc., Singapore, 2010

15L003 FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION


3003
INTRODUCTION: Optical Spectral bands, Evolution of fiber optical system -Elements of Optical Fiber Systems -– Optical Fiber
Modes and Configurations- Mode theory of Circular Wave guides – Single Mode Fiber – Graded Index fiber - Fiber Materials-
Signal degradation in fibers-Advantages and applications of fiber optic transmission systems. (9)

OPTICAL TRANSMITTER: Optical sources- Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs)- Laser Diodes -Light Source Linearity -Reliability
Considerations-Comparisonandapplications–Transmitter Design. (9)

OPTICAL RECEIVER: Photo detectors-Photodiodes, Avalanche photo diodes- Comparisons of photo detector- Receiver Noise
andsensitivity-Digital Receiver Performance-BER Calculation-Eye Diagrams. (9)

SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS: Optical link design - Optical Power Launching and Coupling -System Design considerations - Optical
amplifiers - EDFA, Raman amplifier- Multiplexing strategies –Wavelength division multiplexing. (9)

ADVANCES IN OPTICAL FIBER SYSTEMS: DWDM -SONET/SDH –Wavelength Routing Networks - Optical switches -Optical fiber
LAN link – Ultra High Capacity Networks - Optical networking technology in enterprise. (9)

Total L:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Keiser G, ―Optical Fiber Communications‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Fifth edition, 2014.
2. John M. Senior, ―Optical Fiber Communications Principles and Practice‖, PHI, New Delhi, Third edition, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. G.P. Agrawal, ―Fiber optic Communication Systems‖, John Wiley and sons, Fourth Edition, 2011
2. Franz J.H. Jain V.K, ―Optical Communication, Components and systems‖, Narosa publications, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Gower, J ―Optical Communication Systems‖, PHI, New Delhi, Second edition, Fifth reprint, 2001
4. K. Mynbaev and Lowell L Scheiner, ―Fiber Optic Communication Technology‖, Prentice Hall 2001.

15L004 RADAR COMMUNICATION


3003
INTRODUCTION TO RADAR- Basics of radar, EM Waves & properties- applications of radar, radar frequencies-radar block
diagram, Radar Coordinates, Radar equation for hard targets and the SNR-radar cross section of targets, Radar Resolution
Elements, Pulse, CW and FMCW Radars–configurations, transmitter power- pulse repetition frequency, Duty Ratio, Pulse
Compression, Coding, Detection of signals in noise and Radar signals (12)

RADAR TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER -Introduction- Types of Transmitters - linear-beam power tubes- solid-state RF power
sources- magnetron- Klystron, crossed-filed amplifier- radar receiver- receiver noise figure- super heterodyne receiver, Digital
Receivers, duplexers and receiver protectors- radar displays-Human Machine Interface (HMI). (11)

RADAR ANTENNA – Functions of radar antenna- antenna parameters- antenna radiation pattern and aperture illumination -
reflector antennas- electronically steered phased array antennas- phase shifters – frequency - scan arrays-- architectures for
phased arrays , radiators for phased arrays- mechanically steered planar array antennas- radiation pattern synthesis -effect of
errors on radiation patterns - low side lobes antennas. (11)

MTI AND PULSE DOPPLER RADAR- Introduction to Doppler and MTI radar- delay –line cancellers- staggered pulse repetition
frequencies- doppler filter banks- digital MTI processing - Moving target detector- limitations to MTI performance- pulse Doppler

90
radar-MTD, Tracking radar- monopulse tracking- conical scan and sequential lobing- comparison of trackers. tracking accuracy-
low-angle tracking- Atmospheric & Weather Radars: Precipitation Radars, Doppler Weather Radar, Polarimetric Radar, Clear Air
Radars. (11)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Merril I Skolnik ―Introduction to Radar Systems‖, Mc Graw-Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Richard J Doviak and Dusan S Zrnic, ―Doppler Radar and Weather Observations‖, Dover Publications, 1993.
2. Bringi V N and Chandrasekar V, ―Polarimetric Doppler Weather Radar‖, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
3. Richards M A, Scheer J A and Holm W A, ―Principles of Modern Radar‖, Yes Dee Publishing Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

RADIO FREQUENCY SYSTEMS

15L005 RADIO FREQUENCY INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


3003
BASIC OF RF ELECTRONICS AND ISSUES IN RFIC DESIGN: Lumped element concept at RF- lumped and distributed regions
lower frequency analog design and microwave design versus radio frequency integrated circuit design - Impedance levels for
microwave and low-frequency analog design- noise - linearity and distortion in RF Circuits - dynamic range - filtering issues. (7)

SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MODELING OF TECHNOLOGY:Basic operation and characteristic of bipolar junction transistor Small
-signal model of bipolar transistor - high frequency effects - noise in bipolar transistors - base shot noise-noise sources in the
transistor model - bipolar transistor design considerations-CMOS transistor.- impedance matching - tapped capacitors and inductors
- the concept of mutual inductance - tuning a transformer - bandwidth of an impedance transformation network-quality factor of an
LC resonator. (8)

DESIGN OF PASSIVE CIRCUIT ELEMENTS IN IC TECHNOLOGIES : Technology backend and metallization in IC technologies -
sheet resistance and skin effect -parasitic capacitance and inductance -current handling in metal lines-design of inductors and
transformers - characterization of inductor-layout of spiral inductors - on-chip transmission lines - high frequency measurements of
on-chip passives and common De-Embedding techniques-packaging (8)

LOW NOISE AMPLIFIER : Basic amplifiers - amplifiers with feedback - noise in amplifiers - linearity in amplifiers - differential pair
and other differential amplifiers-low-voltage topologies for LNAs and the use of on-chip transformers - DC bias networks -
temperature effects - broad band LNA design.
(11)

MIXERS AND VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS : Mixers- mixing with nonlinearity - controlled transconductance mixer -
double- balanced mixer - mixer with switching of upper quad - analysis of switching modulator-mixer noise - linearity - improving
isolation - image reject- single -sideband mixers-CMOS mixers. Analysis of an oscillator as a feedback system - phase noise - VCO
automatic -amplitude control circuits (11)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John Rogers and Calvin Plett, ―Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit Design‖, Artech House, Boston, 2003.
2. Radmanesh M M, ― Radio Freqeuncy and Microwave Electronics, ― Pearson Education, Asia, 2001.

REFERENCES:

1. Less Besser and Rowan Gllmore, ― Practical RF Circuit Design for Modern Wireless Systems,‖ Vol I and II, Artech House, 2003
2. Stephan A Mass, ―Non-Linear Microwave and RF circuits‖, Artech House, Boston, 2003.
3. Ferri Losee, ―RF Systems, Components and Circuits handbook‖, Artech house, 2002.
4. Larson L E, ―RF and Microwave Circuit for Wireless Applications‖, Artech House, 1997.

15L006 COMPUTATIONAL ELECTROMAGNETICS


3003
EM REVIEW: E-field, permittivity, Coulombs Law, Flux of a vector field, Gausss Law for E fields (Integral), divergence, Gausss Law
for E fields (Differential) B-field, permeability, Biot-Savart law, Gausss law for B fields (integral and differential), Divergence
Theorem, circulation of a vector field, curl, Stokes Theorem. Gradient. Laplacian. Poisson and Laplace equations. Ampere-Maxwell
Law, Faraday-Maxwell Law. Continuity equation. Constitutive equations. (9)

NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION: Forward difference, backward difference, central difference. Higher order derivatives. Partial
derivatives. Solution of Linear Systems: Matrix equivalent. Solution sets. Direct vs iterative methods. Sparse matrices. Libraries.

91
Gaussian Elimination. Gauss-Seidel method. Numerical Integration Riemann Sums Left/right-point rules Midpoint, trapezoid,
Simpsons rules Error bounds-Numerical Integration Examples (9)

METHOD OF MOMENTS: Greens Functions; Surface equivalence principle; Electrostatic formulation; Magnetostatic formulation;
Electric Field Integral Equation; Magnetic Field Integral Equation; Direct and Iterative Solvers; (9)

FINITE DIFFERENCE TIME DOMAIN METHODS: 1D wave propagation, yee Algorithm, Numerical dispersion and stability,
perfectly matched absorbing boundary conditions, Dispersive materials. Antenna and scattering problems with FDTD, non-uniform
grids, conformal grids, periodicstructures. (10)

APPLICATIONS OF CEM: Antennas, biological electromagnetic effects, electronic packing and high speed circuits, microwave
devices and circuits, environmental issues. surveillance and intelligence gathering, homeland security, signal integrity. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Walton C Gibson, ―The Method of Moments in Electromagnetics‖ , CRC Press,2014.
2. Andrew F Peterson, Scott L Ray and Raj Mittra, ―Computational Methods for Electromagnetics‖, IEEE Press Series on
Electromagnetic Wave Theory,1998.

REFERENCES:
1. Roger F Harrington, ―Field Computation by Moment Methods‖, IEEE Press, 1993.
2. Taflove A and Hagness SC, ―Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite Difference Time Domain Method‖, Artech House,2004.

15L007 ADVANCED RADIATING SYSTEM


3003
ANTENNA FUNDAMENTALS: Antenna fundamental parameters Radiation integrals ,Radiation from surface and line current
distributions – dipole, monopole, loop antenna; Mobile phone antenna- base station, hand set antenna; Image; Induction ,reciprocity
theorem, Broadband antennas and matching techniques, Balance to unbalance transformer, Introduction to numerical techniques.
(9)
RADIATION FROM APERTURES: Field equivalence principle, Radiation from Rectangular and Circular apertures, Uniform
aperture distribution on an infinite ground plane; Slot antenna; Horn antenna; Reflector antenna, aperture blockage, and design
consideration. (9)

ARRAY ANTENNA: Uniform array; Phased array, beam scanning, grating lobe, feed network, Linear array synthesis techniques –
Binomial and Chebyshev distributions – Super Directivity – Planar array- Circular array - Design problems. (9)

MICRO STRIP ANTENNA: Radiation Mechanism and Excitation techniques : Microstrip dipole; Patch ,Rectangular patch, Circular
patch, and Ring antenna – radiation analysis from cavity model; input impedance of rectangular and circular patch antenna;
Microstrip array and feed network; Applications of microstrip array antenna. (9)

EMC ANTENNA AND ANTENNA MEASUREMENTS: Concept of EMC measuring antenna; Tx and Rx antenna factors; Log
periodic dipole, Bi-conical, Ridge guide, Multi turn loop; Antenna measurement and instrumentation – Gain, Impedance and antenna
factor measurement; Antenna test range Design. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Balanis A, ―Antenna Theory Analysis and Design‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Krauss J D, ―Antennas‖, John Wiley and sons, New York, 2009.
2. Bahl I J and Bhartia P, ―Microstrip Antennas‖, Artech House,Inc.,1980
3. Stutzman W L and Thiele G A, ―Antenna Theory and Design‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1998.

15L008 SMART ANTENNAS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Antenna gain, Phased array antenna, power pattern, beam steering, degree of freedom, optimal antenna,
adaptive antennas, smart antenna - key benefits of smart antenna technology, wide band smart antennas, Digital radio receiver
techniques and software radio for smart antennas. (9)

NARROW BAND PROCESSING: Signal model conventional beamformer, null steering beamformer, optimal beamformer,
Optimization using reference signal, beam space processing. (8)

ADAPTIVE PROCESSING: Sample matrix inversion algorithm, unconstrained LMS algorithm, normalized LMS algorithm,
Constrained LMS algorithm, Perturbation algorithms, Neural network approach, Adaptive beam space processing, Implementation
issues. (9)

92
BROADBAND PROCESSING: Tapped delay line structure, Partitioned realization, Derivative constrained processor, Digital beam
forming, Broad band processing using DFT method. (9)

DIRECTION OF ARRIVAL ESTIMATION METHODS: Spectral estimation methods, linear prediction method, Maximum entropy
method, Maximum likelihood method, Eigen structure methods, Music algorithm – root music and cyclic music algorithm, the
ESPRIT algorithm. DIVERSITY COMBINING: Spatial diversity selection combiner, switched diversity combiner, equal gain
combiner, maximum ratio combiner, optical combiner. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lal Chand Godara, ―Smart Antennas‖ CRC press, 2004.
2. Balanis A, ―Antenna Theory Analysis and Design‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Joseph C Liberti.Jr and Theodore S Rappaport, ―Smart Antennas for Wireless Communication: IS-95 and Third Generation
CDMA Applications‖, Prentice Hall 1999.
2. Robert A.Monzingo, R.L.Haupt, T.W. Miller, ―Introduction to Adaptive Arrays‖, Yesdee Publishing Pvt. Ltd.,2012.

SIGNAL PROCESSING

15L009 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING


3003
DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS: Two dimensional signals and systems - Mathematical preliminaries-Elements of Digital Image
Processing System - Structure of the human eye - Image formation and contrast sensitivity - Sampling and Quantization -
Neighbours of pixel – Distance measures – Image processing applications. (7)

IMAGE TRANSFORMS: Introduction to Fourier transform - Discrete Fourier transform - Properties of DFT– Separability,
Translation, Periodicity, Rotation, Average Value – Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties - Haar Transform. (7)

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT: Point Operations - Histogram Equalization technique - Spatial Filtering – Low pass filtering – Median
filtering – Sharpening Filters - Enhancement in the frequency domain - Homomorphic filtering. (7)

IMAGE RESTORATION: Degradation model for continuous functions - Discrete formulation - Diagonalization of circulant and Block-
circulant matrices - Effects of Diagonalization - Unconstrained and constrained Restorations - Inverse Filtering - Wiener Filter -
Constrained least - square Restoration. (8)

IMAGE COMPRESSION: Coding, Interpixel and Psychovisual redundancies - Fidelity criteria - Image Compressions models -
Elements of Information theory - Variable length coding - Bit plane coding – Constant area coding - Lossless Predictive coding -
Lossy predictive coding - Transform coding techniques. (8)

IMAGE SEGMENTATION AND REPRESENTATION: The detection of discontinuities - Point, Line and Edge detections - Gradient
operators - combined detection - Thresholding – Region-Oriented Segmentation - Representation schemes: chain codes - Polygon
approximation - Boundary descriptors: Simple descriptors - Shape numbers Fourier descriptor's - Introduction to recognition and
Interpretation. (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, ―Digital Image Processing‖, Addition - Wesley, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Jayaraman S, Esakkirajan S and Veerakumar T, ―Digital Image Processing‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth R Castleman, ―Digital Image Processing‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Sid Ahmed M A, ―Image Processing Theory, Algorithm and Architectures‖, McGraw-Hill,New Delhi, 1995.
3. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E.woods and Steven L. Eddins, ―Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB‖, Tata McGraw Hill,New
Delhi, 2010.
4. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle, ―Image Procesing, Analysis, and Machine Vision‖, Brooks/Cole, Singapore,
2008.

15L010 SPEECH SIGNAL PROCESSING


3003

SPEECH SIGNAL MODELLING:Speech signal characteristics and classifications - Speech production mechanism - Acoustic
Theory of speech production - Source – Filter model - Lossless Tube Models - Digital Model of speech signals. (9)

93
SPEECH SINGAL ANALYSIS:Time domain Analysis for speech processing – Short time energy and magnitude - short time
average zero crossing - Speech vs silence discrimination - Pitch period estimation using autocorrelation function - Short time Fourier
analysis- Definition and properties - Design of digital filter banks - Pitch detection - Analysis and synthesis. (12)

SPEECH CODING:Linear predictive coding (LPC) - principle - solution of LPC equation - Cholesky decomposition method - Durbin's
method - Lattice formulation - Frequency domain interpretation of LPC - LPC Applications - CELP - Subband coding - Transform
coding - Vocoders and cepstral vocoders - Vector quantiser coders. (12)

SPEECH RECOGNITION:Problems in ASR - Dynamic Time warping - Isolated word recognition - pattern matching – speaker
independent recognition - Pattern classification – Connected word recognition - Speaker identification/Verification - Hidden Markov
model. (12)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rabiner L R and Schaffer R W, "Digital Processing of Speech Signals‖, Pearson Education - India, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Thomas F Quatieri, ―Discrete –Time Speech Signal Processing‖, Pearson Education - India, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Owens FJ, ―Signal Processing of Speech‖, Macmillan, New York, 2013.
2. Rabiner L R and K Juang B H, ―Fundamentals of speech Recognition‖, Pearson Education - India, New Delhi, 2011.
3. John R Deller Jr and John H L Hansen, John G Proakis, ―Discrete Time Processing of Speech Signal‖, IEEE press, 2010.

15L011 MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES


3003
INTRODUCTION: Overview of information theory, redundancy - Taxonomy of compression techniques -Overview of source coding,
source models, Compression Techniques: Loss less compression, Lossy Compression, Measures of performance, scalar
quantization, vector quantization, rate distortion theory, structure quanitizers - Evaluation techniques-error analysis and
methodologies. (10)

TEXT COMPRESSION: Huffmann coding - Arithmetic coding – Shannon - Fano coding and dictionary techniques - LZW family
algorithms - Entropy measures of performance - Quality measures. (10)

AUDIO COMPRESSION: Audio compression techniques-frequency domain and filtering-basic subband coding-application to
speech coding-G.722-application to audio coding-MPEG audio, progressive encoding for audio - Silence compression, Speech
compression techniques - Vocoders (10)

IMAGE COMPRESION: Predictive techniques - PCM, DPCM, DM, Transform coding, Introduction to JPEG, JPEG-2000, JBIG
standards, Study of EZW, SPIHT algorithms. (9)

VIDEO COMPRESSION: Video signal representation - Video compression techniques-MPEG, Motion estimation techniques-
Overview of Wavelet based compression and DVI technology, Motion video compression - PLV performance - DVI real time
compression. (6)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sayood Khaleed, ―Introduction to data compression‖, Morgan Kauffman, London, 2006.
2. Gibson J D, Berger T, Lookabaugh T, D. Lindbergh, and R. L. Baker,‖ Digital Compression for Multimedia: Principles and
Standards‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 1998.

REFERENCES:
1. Watkinson J, ―Compression in video and audio‖, Focal press, London,1995.
2. Mark Nelson, ― Data compression book‖, BPB Publishers, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Jan Vozer, ―Video compression for multimedia‖, AP profes, NewYork, 1995.

15L012 WAVELETS AND ITS APPLICATIONS


3003
FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier basis & Fourier Transform – failure of Fourier Transform – Need for Time-Frequency Analysis –
Heisenberg‘s Uncertainty principle – Short time Fourier transform (STFT)- short comings of STFT- Need for Wavelets. (8)

CWT AND MRA: Wavelet basis – Continuous time Wavelet Transform (CWT) – need for scaling function – Multi-Resolution
Analysis (MRA) – important wavelets: Haar, Mexican hat, Meyer, Shannon, Daubachies. (8)

INTRODUCTION TO MULTIRATE SYSTEMS: Decimation and Interpolation in Time domain - Decimation and Interpolation in
Frequency domain – Multi rate systems for a rational factor . (8)

94
FILTER BANKS AND DWT: Two channel filter bank – Perfect Reconstruction (PR) condition – relationship between filter banks and
wavelet basis – DWT – Filter banks for Daubachies wavelet function. (7)

ADVANCED TOPICS:Introduction to Multiwavelets, Multidimensional wavelets – wavelet packet transform. (7)

APPLICATIONS:Feature extraction using wavelet coefficients, Image compression, Wavelet based denoising . (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jaideva C Goswami and Andrew K Chan, ―Fundamentals of Wavelets – Theory, Algorithms and Applications‖, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. , Singapore, 2011.
2. Soman K P and Ramachandran K I, ―Insight into wavelets from Theory to practice‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Sidney Burrus C, ―Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets Transforms‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Stephane G Mallat, ―A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing‖, Academic Press, 2009.
3. Raghuveer M Rao and Ajit S Bopardikar, ―Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to Theory & Applications‖, Pearson Education
Asia, New Delhi, 2003

15L013 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


3003
MULTIRATE SIGNAL PROCESSING: Down sampling – Up sampling - Noble identities – cascading sampling rate convertors -
Decimation with transversal filters – interpolation with transversal filters – decimation with polyphase filters – interpolation with
polyphase filters – decimation and interpolation with rational sampling factors - multistage implementation of sampling rate
convertors. (12)

POWER SPECTRUM ESTIMATION: Introduction to random process - Non parametric methods - Periodogram – Modified
Periodogram - Bartlett, Welch & Blackman Tukey methods - Performance comparison - Parametric methods - Auto Regressive
spectrum estimation - Relationship between autocorrelation and model parameters – Moving Average and Auto Regressive
Moving Average spectrum estimation. (12)

ADAPTIVE FILTERS: Introduction to Wiener Filter – Adaptive Filter Applications – System identification – Inverse modeling –
Prediction - Interference Cancellation - Adaptive linear combiner – Performance function – Gradient and Minimum Mean Square
error – Gradient search by steepest descent method – LMS algorithm – Convergence of LMS algorithm – Learning curve -
Introduction to RLS algorithm. (12)

WAVELET TRANSFORMS: Need for Time Frequency Analysis – Short time Fourier transform - short comings of STFT- Need for
Wavelets - Continuous time Wavelet Transform – Multi Resolution Analysis – Haar and Daubechies wavelet functions –
Introduction to Discrete Wavelet Transform. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fliege N J, "Multirate Digital Signal Processing", John Wiley and sons, 2010.
2. Monson H.Hayes, ―Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Singapore, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Widrow B and Stearns .S D, "Adaptive Signal Processing", Prentice Hall inc., 2011.
2. K.P.Soman, K.I.Ramachandran and N.G.Resmi, ―Insight into Wavelets from Theory to Practice, Third Edition, PHI Learning
Private limited, 2010.
3. Ifeachor E C and Jervis B. W, ―Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach‖, Prentice Hall, 2010.
4. Jaideva C Goswami and Andrew K Chan, ―Fundamentals of Wavelets – Theory, Algorithms and Applications‖, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc., Singapore, 2013.

15L014 PATTERN RECOGNITION


3003
REPRESENTATION: Introduction to pattern recognition, Data sets for pattern recognition, Pattern representation, Cluster
representation, Feature extraction, Analysis, Feature selection, Applications of pattern recognition. (7)

NEAREST NEIGHBOUR BASED CLASSIFIERS: Nearest neighbor algorithm, Variants of the NN algorithm, Use of the nearest
neighbor algorithm, Branch and bound algorithm, Data reduction, Prototype selection. (8)

BAYES CLASSIFIER: Introduction, Continuous features, Minimum error rate classification, Classifiers, Discriminant functions and
decision surfaces, Normal density and its discriminate function, Discrete features, Estimation of probabilities. (8)

95
HIDDEN MARKOV MODELS: Markov models for Classification, Hidden Markov models: HMM parameters - Learning HMMs,
Classification using HMMs. (8)

DECISION TREES: Introduction, Decision trees for pattern classification, Construction of decision trees, splitting at the nodes, over
fitting and pruning. (7)

CLUSTERING: Hierarchical Algorithms- Divisive clustering - Agglomerative clustering, Partitional clustering, Clustering large data
sets. (7)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Richard O Duda, Peter E Hart and David G Stork, ―Pattern Classification‖, Wiley India, New Delhi. 2010,

REFERENCES:
1. Narasimha Murty M and Susheela Devi V,‖ Pattern Recognition: An Algorithmic Approach‖, University Press, India. 2011.
2. Sergios Theodoridis and Konstantinos Koutroumbas,‖ Pattern Recognition‖, Elsevier, New Delhi.2011.
3. Christopher M Bishop, ‖Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer, USA.2011.

NETWORKS

15L015 WIRELESS SYSTEMS AND STANDARDS


3003
INTRODUCTION TO CELLULAR STANDARDS: 2G GSM, Cell structure, Frequency Bands and Channels- Call processing,
Identity numbers, Frame structure, Interfaces, GMSK modulation, Voice and data processing, GPRS, EDGE, EDGE+, CDMA signal
processing, IS-2000 system, Frequency bands, Channel allocation, CDMA cell capacity, services provided by IS-2000, 1xEVDO
signal processing and data services-3G UMTS signal processing, WCDMA, HSPA, HSPA+, Towards 4G, LTE and LTE advanced.
(9)
WIRELESS SYSTEMS: Advanced Mobile Phone Systems (AMPS) – Characteristics – Operation – General Working of AMPS
Phone System – Global System for Mobile Communication – Frequency Bands and Channels – Frames – Identity Numbers –
Layers, Planes and Interfaces of GSM – International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT-2000) – Spectrum Allocation – Services
provided by 3G Cellular Systems – Harmonized 3G Systems – Universal Mobile Telecommunications Systems (UMTS). (9)

THE IEEE 802.11 WLAN STANDARD: Introduction to IEEE 802.11 – General Description – Medium Access Control (MAC) –
Physical Layer for IEEE 802.11 Wireless LANs; Radio systems – IR Systems Applications. (9)

THE IEEE 802.16 WIMAX STANDARD: Introduction to IEEE 802.16 – General Description – Medium Access Control (MAC) –
Radio systems – Physical Layer- Evolution to 802.16m-Bluetooth, Zigbee, (9)

RECENT ADVANCES: Introduction – Ultra Wide Band (UWB) Technology – Characteristics – Signal Propagation – Current Status
and Applications – Advantages – Disadvantages – Challenges and Future Directions. (9)

TOTAL L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Assuncion Santamaria, Francisco Lopez-Hernandez, ―Wireless LAN Standards and Applications‖, Artech House, 2001.
2. Dharma Prakash Agarwal and Qing- An zeng, ―Introduction to Wireless and Mobile Systems‖, Vikas publishing House, New
Delhi, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Neeli Prasad and Anand Prasad, ―WLAN System & Wireless IP for Next Generation Communications‖, Artec House, 2002.
2. Moray Rumney : LTE and the Evolution to 4G Wireless‖,Wiley,2009.

15L016 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Challenges for wireless sensor networks, Comparison of sensor network with ad hoc network. Sensor
Localization, Clock synchronization , power mangament, Speical WSNs ,WSN Applications. (9)

ARCHITECTURE:Single node architecture,Hardware components, Sensor Mote Architecture and design, Mica mote design ,Telos
Mote, Network architecture ,Sensor network scenarios,Design principles,Gateway Concepts. (9)

NETWORKING SENSORS :MAC protocols –MAC low duty cycle protocols and wakeup concepts, contention-based protocols,
Schedule-based protocols. (9)

96
ROUTING IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS:Energy-efficient unicast, Broadcast and multicast, Data centric Routing protocols
in WSNs ,Hierarchical Routing protocols Location based routing protocols and Multipath routing. (9)

SENSOR NETWORK PLATFORMS AND TOOLS: Programming Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node-level
Simulators, Tinyos , Component model ,main features,ContikiOs ,Proto threads. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. HolgerKarl , Andreas willig ―Protocol and Architecture for Wireless Sensor Networks‖, John wiley publication, Oct 2007.
2. FeiHu ,Xiaojun Cao , ― Wireless Sensor Networks , Principles and Practice CRC Press ,2010.
REFERENCES:
1. WaltenegusDargie, Christian Poellabauer ,‖Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks: Theory and Practice ‗(Wiley)July 2010
2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, TaiebZnati ―Wireless Sensor Networks: Technology, Protocols, and Applications ― May 2007
3. Ian Akyildiz ,Mehmet Can Vuran ―Wireless Sensor Networks‖ John Wiley & Sons USA 2010.
4. Ibrahiem M. M. El Emary, S. Ramakrishnan, ―Wireless Sensor Networks: From Theory to Applications‖, CRC Press, 2013.

15L017 WIRELESS NETWORKING


3003
WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS :Introduction to Wireless LANs – WLAN Equipment ,Topologies, Technologies ,IEEE
802.11 WLAN –Architecture and Services, Physical Layer- MAC SubLayer –MAC Management SubLayer , Other IEEE 802.11
Standards , HIPERLA, WiMAX. (11)

ADHOC WIRELESS NETWORKS: Characteristics of Adhoc Networks , Classifications of MAC Protocols - Table driven and
Source initiated On Demand routing protocols , DSDV, AODV ,DSR, Hybrid Protocols ,TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. (10)

WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS: Introduction to Bluetooth , Protocol Stack ,Network Connection Establishment,
Topology Applications ,Interference between Bluetooth and 802.11,Low Rate and High Rate WPAN ,Wireless Sensor Network,
Protocol Stack, Zigbee Technology IEEE 802.15.4 WPAN Device Architecture –IEEE 802.15.3 – Ultra Wideband. (12)

WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORKS: Cellular Network Organization, Operation of Cellular Systems,GSM network Architecture ,
GSM channels , Call procedures, hand off procedures CDMA Digital cellular standards 3G digital cellular technology W-CDMA air
interface ,CDMA 2000 cellular technology LTE and 4G wireless networks. (12)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. William Stallings, ―Wireless Communications and Networks‖, Pearson/ Prentice Hall India, Second Edition 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Vijay.K. Garg, ―Wireless Communication and Networking‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2007.
2. T L singal , ―Wireless communciations ― ,Mcgraw Hill Education 2010.
3. PahalavanK and Krishnamurthy P ―Principles of Wireless Networks - A Unified Approach‖ Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Siva Ram Murthy C,.Manoj B S, ―Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols‖, Prentice Hall, Jun 2004.

15L018 LONG TERM EVOLUTION TECHNOLOGIES


3003
LTE INTRODUCTION AND NETWORK ARCHITECTURE: Motivation to LTE - Evolution of Architecture – Standardization process
in 3GPP – Technologies for LTE, Network Architecture - Core Network – Access Network – Roaming Architecture – Protocol
Architecture – Quality of service and EPS Bearers - S1 and X2 E-UTRAN Network Interfaces. (9)

CONTROL PLANE AND USER PLANE PROTOCOLS: Radio Resource Control – PLMN and Cell Selection – Paging, User Plane
Protocol Stack – Packet Data Convergence Protocol – Radio Link Control – Medium Access Control. (8)

ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS & MIMO TECHNIQUES: History of OFDM Development – OFDM-
OFDMA – Parameter Dimensioning. Fundamentals of Multiple antenna theory – MIMO Signal Model – Single User MIMO, Multi
User MIMO – MIMO Schemes in LTE. (9)

PHYSICAL LAYER FOR DOWNLINK: Transmission Resource Structure – Signal Structure – Downlink operation. Synchronization
and Cell Search – Synchronization sequences and cell search in LTE – Coherent versus Non-Coherent Detection. (9)

97
PHYSICAL LAYER FOR UPLINK: Uplink Physical Layer Design , SC- FDMA Principle –SC-FDMA Design in LTE. Uplink Physical
channel structure – Physical uplink shared Data channel Structure – Uplink control channel Design – Multiplexing of control
signaling – ACK/NACK Reception, Uplink transmission procedures- Timing Control – Power control. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stefania Sesia, Issam Toufik and Matthew Baker, ―LTE – The UMTS Long Term Evolution: From Theory to Practice‖, John
Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. Christopher Cox, ―An introduction to LTE – LTE, LTE-Advanced, SAE and 4G Mobile Communications‖, John Wiley & Sons,
2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Moray Rumney, ―LTE and Evolution to 4G Wireless: Design and Measurement Challenges‖, Agilent Technologies, 2013.
2. http://www.3gpp.org.

15L019 NETWORK SECURITY


3003
SECURITY IN COMPUTING: Security services-Attacks-Mechanism-Points of security vulnerability-Methods of defense-Controls-
Effectiveness of control-Introduction to cryptography and steganography-Plan of attack- attack on encryption-Standards-Standard
setting organizations (7)

SYMMETRIC CRYPTOGRAPHY: Encryption and Decryption-substitution-transposition-y-stream and block ciphers-Data Encryption


Standard- -advance Encryption Standard-Triple DES-RC5-RC4 ciphers- Differential & Linear Cryptanalysis-Block Cipher modes.
(10)
PUBLIC KEY ENCRYPTION: Introduction to Number Theory-Requirements of Public Key cryptography-Rivest-Shamir-Adleman
algorithm(RSA)-key management-Diffie-Hellman keyexchange-Ellipticcurvcryptography. (10)

MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION: Requirements of authentication-HASH functions –Secure Hash algorithm-Message Digest5-


HMAC- Digital signature standards. (9)

NETWORK AND SYSTEM SECURITY: Authentication applications - E-mail Security - IP security - Web security – Intruders -
malicious Software - Firewalls. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography & Network Security: Principles & Practices‖ ,Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Behrouz A Forouson, ―Cryptography & Network Security‖, Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Charles P Pleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Paul C Van Oorschot and Scott A Vanstone , ― Handbook of Applied Cryptography‖, CRC Press, 2011.

VLSI DESIGN TECHNIQUES

15L020 FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN


3003
DESIGN WITH FPGA: Digital IC design flow - The role of FPGAs in digital design – Goals and techniques – Hierarchical design-
CAD Tools. (9)

VERILOG HDL: HDL overview - Modules and ports - compiler directives - data types - operands and operators - gate level modeling
- data flow modeling - behavioral modeling - structural modeling – primitives-Tasks and functions - Writing test bench. (9)

DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND TIMING ISSUES: The ASM chart - design from an ASM chart : Boolean implementation for
minimal number of Flip-Flops - design from an ASM chart: One-Hot controller implementation : state table entry to a PLD - clock
skew in state machines -Initialization and lockout in state machines. CLOCKING AND METASTABILITY: Set up time hold time –
setup time hold time violations - critical path - calculation of maximum clock frequency – metastability - synchronizers - design
examples. (9)

FPGA ARCHITECTURES: FPGA architectures – Configurable logic blocks - configurable I/O blocks – Programmable interconnect –
clock circuitry – Xilinx FPGA architecture – Programming Technologies: Antifuse, SRAM, EPROM,EEPROM. (9)

98
LOGIC IMPLEMENTATION FOR FPGAs: : Logic synthesis - logic optimization - simulation – types of simulation – physical design
for FPGAs: placement, routing - testing – need for testing, testing methods - Goals and objectives - low power techniques - Design
examples: Traffic light controller, score board and controller, keyboard scanner and controller. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Morris Mano,‖Logic and computer design fundamentals‖,4-edition,Pearson education,2008
2. Samir Palnitkar, ―Verilog HDL: A guide to digital design and synthesis‖ Pearson Education India, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Zainalabedin Navabi,‖ Verilog Digital System Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Roth and John,‖ Principles of digital systems design‖, Cengage learning, 2010.
3. Bhasker J ―A Verilog HDL Primer‖, BS Publications, 2007.
4. Ming-Bo Lin, ―Digital System Designs and Practices: Using Verilog HDL and FPGAs‖, Willey Indian Edition, 2012.

15L021 ANALOG VLSI CIRCUITS


3003
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES MODELLING: Semiconductors and pn junctions - MOS transistors - Advanced MOS modeling -
bipolar junction transistors. (9)

ANALOG CIRCUIT BUILDING BLOCKS: Switches, active resistors - Current sources and sinks - Current mirrors - Simple,
Cascade and Wilson Current Mirrors - Voltage and current references – Widlar Current reference – Band Gap Voltage Reference,
Analog multiplers. (9)

AMPLIFIERS: MOS and BJT amplifiers – Frequency Response - CMOS and BJT differential amplifiers - Characterization of Op-
Amp - Design of two stage op-amp - Op-amps with output stage – Comparators – Two Stage and Latched Comparators, PLL
(9)

D/A AND A/D CONVERTERS: Analog signal processing - D/A converter: Current scaling, Voltage scaling and Charge scaling D/A
converters - Serial D/A converters - A/D converters: Serial A/D converters, Successive approximation A/D - parallel - High
performance A/D converters – Nyquist Rate and Oversampling Converters. (9)

FILTERS: Active RC Filters - Low pass filters - High pass filters - Bandpass filters - Switched capacitor filters. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jacob Baker R, Lee H W and Boyce D E, ―CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation‖, PHI, New Delhi, 2011.
2. David A Johns, and Ken Martin, ―Analog Integrated Circuit Design‖, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Philip Allen and Douglas R Holdberg, ―CMOS Analog Circuit Design‖, Oxford University Press, New York, 2011.
2. Behzad Razavi, ―Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004
3. Randall L Geiger, Phillip E Allen and Noel R. Strader, ―VLSI Design techniques for Analog and Digital Circuits‖, McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1990.

15L022 LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN


3003
INTRODUCTION : Need for Low power VLSI chips - Sources of Power Dissipation – Dynamic Power Dissipation - Charging and
Discharging of Capacitance – Short Circuit Current in CMOS Circuits - CMOS Leakage current – Static Current - Basic Principles of
Low Power VLSI Design. (7)

POWER ANALYSIS : Simulation power Analysis - Gate-Level Analysis - Architecture level Analysis – Data Correlation Analysis –
Monte Carlo Simulation - Probabilistic Power Analysis Techniques. (7)

POWER REDUCTION AT THE CIRCUIT LEVEL : Transistor and Gate Sizing – Equivalent Pin Ordering – Network Restructuring
and Reorganization – Special Latches and Flip Flops – Low Power Digital Cell Library – Adjustable Device Threshold Voltage. (7)

POWER REDUCTION AT THE LOGIC LEVEL : Gate Reorganization – Signal Gating – Logic Encoding – State Machine Encoding
– Precomputation Logic. (7)

POWER REDUCTION AT THE ARCHITECTURE AND SYSTEM LEVEL : Power and Performance management – Switching
Activity Reduction – Parallel Architecture with Voltage Reduction – Flow Graph Transformation. (7)

99
ADVANCED TECHNIQUES : Adiabatic Computation - Pass Transistor Logic Synthesis - Power Reduction in Clock Networks -
CMOS Floating Node - Low Power Bus-Introduction to Software power estimation and optimization techniques. (10)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gary K Yeap , ―Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design‖, Kluwer academic publishers, US, 2002.
2. Kaushik Roy and Sharat C. Prasad ―Low Power CMOS VLSI circuit Design‖, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Kuo J B and Lou J H, ―Low Voltage CMOS VLSI Circuits‖, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 1999.
2. Anantha P Chandrakasan and Robert W Brodersen , ―Low Power Digital CMOS Design‖, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
Holland, 1995.

15L023 NANO ELECTRONICS


3003
NANOELECTRONICS AND SCALING: Introduction to Nanoelectronics – Classical and quantum systems – Current CMOS device
technology- International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductor projections – Scaling principles – General scaling ,Characteristic
scale length – Limits to scaling – Quantum mechanics, Atomistic effects, Thermodynamic Effects, Practical considerations – Power
constrained scaling limits. (9)

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF NANOSCALE STRUCTURES: Energy subbands and Density of States in nanoscale structures –
Electron transport in a Two Dimensional electron gas – Resistance of a ballistic semiconductor – Landauer formula – Transmission
probability calculation – Resonant tunnelling effect – Coulomb blockade – Quantization of thermal conductance in ballistic
nanostructures. (9)

SINGLE ELECTRON, SESO AND CNT DEVICES: Introduction – Quantum Dot transistor – structure and fabrication – Single
Electron and Single Hole Quantum Dot transistor – Artificial atom – Single Electron MOS Memory – structure and fabrication -
SESO Transistor – SESO Memory – CNT transistor – CNT based Field Emission devices – CNT based Microwave devices. (9)

SPINTRONICS AND MOLECULAR NANODEVICES: Introduction – Spin filters – Spin diodes – Spin transistors – Spin based
optoelectronic devices – Electrical conduction of molecules – Manipulation of single molecules – Molecular motors – Molecular
nanoactuators – Molecular electronic devices – Molecular based optic devices. (9)

FABRICATION TECHNIQUES: Optical lithography – Electron beam lithography – X –Ray lithography - Focussed Ion beam
lithography – Nanoimprint lithography – Pulsed laser deposition – Sputter deposition – Chemical Vapour Deposition – Wet and dry
etching techniques – Chemical Mechanical Polishing. (9)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mircea Dragoman and Daniela Dragoman, ―Nanoelectronics Principles and Devices‖, Artech house, Boston, 2006.
2. Shunri Oda and David Ferry,‖Silicon Nanoelectronics‖, Taylor & Francis, USA, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. W.R.Fahrner,‖Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics: Materials, Devices, Measurement Techniques‖, Springer (India), New
Delhi, 2011.
2. Rainer Waser,‖Nanoelectronics and Information Technology: Advanced Electronic Materials and Novel Devices‖, Wiley – VCH,
Germany, 2005.
3. George W. Hanson, ―Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics‖, Pearson, New Delhi, 2012.

15L024 DEVICE MODELING

3003
INTRODUCTION TO SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS: Review of Quantum Mechanics, Concentration and motion of carriers in
Semiconductor, Statics Density of the state Functions Boltzmann transport equation, Continuity equation, Poisson equation. (12)

INTEGRATED DIODES: pn Junction and Schottky Barrier diodes in monolithic technologies - static and dynamic behavior - small
and large signal models - SPICE models. (11)
INTEGRATED BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR: Types and structures in monolithic technologies - Basic model (Eber - Moll) - Gummel -
poon model - dynamic model, parasitic effects - SPICE model - parameter extraction. (11)

100
INTEGRATED MOS TRANSISTOR: nMOS and PMOS Transistor - Threshold voltage - Threshold voltage equations - MOS device
equations-Basic DC equations Second order effects - MOS models - Small signal AC Characteristics - MOSFET SPICE model. (11)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sze S M and Kwok.K.Ng, ―Physics of Semiconductor Devices‖, John Wiley and sons,2006.
2. Ben G Streetman, "Solid State Circuits", Prentice hall, 1997.

REFERENCES:
1. Tyagi M S, "Introduction to Semi-conductor Materials and Devices", John Wiley, 2008.
2. Tor A Fijedly, ―Introduction to Device Modeling and Circuit Simulation‖, Wiley-Interscience, 2007.
3. Daniel Foty, ―M OSFET Modeling with SPICE", Prentice Hall, 2007.
4. Donald A Neamen and Dhrubes Biswas, ―Semiconductor Physics and Devices‖, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,
2014.

15L025 SYSTEM-ON-CHIP DESIGN


3003
INTRODUCTION: Driving Forces for SoC - Components - Generic template- Design flow- Hardware/Software nature- Design Trade-
Offs-Major Applications. (4)

SYSTEM-LEVEL DESIGN: Processor selection-Concepts in Processor Architecture: Instruction set architecture (ISA), elements in
Instruction Handing-Robust processors: Vector processor, VLIW, Superscalar, CISC, RISC—Processor evolution: Soft and Firm
processors, Custom-Designed processors-IP based design- on-chip memory (10 )

SYSTEM-LEVEL INTERCONNECTION: On-chip Buses: basic architecture, topologies, arbitration and protocols, Bus standards:
AMBA, CoreConnect, Wishbone, Avalon-Network-on-chip: Architecture-topologies-switching strategies-routing algorithms-flow
control,quality-of-service-Reconfigurability in communication architectures (6)

CO-DESIGN CONCEPTS: Nature of hardware & software- quest for energy efficiency- driving factors for hardware-software
codesign- Codesign space-Dualism of Hardware design and Software design-Modeling Abstraction Level-Concurrency and
Parallelism- Hardware Software tradeoffs- Introducing Dataflow modelling (9)

SoC IMPLEMENTATION: Study of Microblaze RISC processor - Real-time operating system (RTOS), peripheral interface and
components, High-density FPGAs-Introduction to tools used for SOC design: Xilinx SoC based development kit (12)

SoC TESTING: Manufacturing test of SoC: Core layer, system layer, application layer-P1500 Wrapper Standardization-SoC Test
Automation (STAT) (4)

Total L : 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael J.Flynn, Wayne Luk, ―Computer system Design: System-on-Chip‖, Wiley-India, 2012.
2. Sudeep Pasricha, Nikil Dutt, ―On Chip Communication Architectures: System on Chip Interconnect‖, Morghan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. W.H.Wolf, ―Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design‖, Elsevier, 2008.
2. Patrick Schaumont ―A Practical Introduction to Hardware/Software Co-design‖, Patrick Schaumont, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2012.
3. Lin, Y-L.S. (ed.), “Essential issues in SOC design: Designing Complex Systems-on-Chip. Springer, 2006.

SYSTEM DESIGN

15L026 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN


3003
INTRODUCTION:Embedded system overview and applications, features and architecture considerations-ROM, RAM, timers, data
and address bus, Memory and I/O interfacing concepts, memory mapped I/O. CISC Vs RISC design philosophy, Von-Neumann Vs
Harvard architecture, instruction set, instruction formats, and various addressing modes. Fixed point and floating point arithmetic
operations. (6)

BASIC EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES: Introduction to TIVA ARM Cortex M4 – Key Features – Functional Block
Diagram - Pin Configuration –I/O pin multiplexing, pull up/down registers, GPIO control, Memory Mapped Peripherals, programming

101
System registers, Watchdog Timer, need of low power for embedded systems, System Clocks and control, Hibernation Module on
Tiva, Active vs Standby current consumption. Introduction to Interrupts, Interrupt vector table, interrupt programming. (11)

TIMERS, PWM and Mixed Signal Processing:Timer, Basic Timer, Real Time Clock (RTC), Timing generation and measurements,
Analog interfacing and data acquisition: ADC, Analog Comparators, DMA, Motion Control Peripherals: PWM Module & Quadrature
Encoder Interface (QEI).. (11)

HARDWARE/SOFTWARE INTEGRATION: Host and Target Machines. In-System Programming (ISP)-In-Application Programming
(IAP)-Getting Embedded Software into Target System: Programmers. Display, Keyboard, Relay, Stepper and DC Motor Interfacing.
(9)

REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS:Survey of Software Architectures, Tasks and Task States, Tasks and Data, Semaphores and
Shared Data, Message Queues, Mailboxes and Pipes, Timer functions, Events, Memory Management and Interru pt Routines in
RTOS Environment. Study of embedded product design with real time concepts using RTOS (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jonathan W Valvano, “Introduction to Arm Cortex -M Microcontrollers‖, 2012.
2. David E Simon, ―An Embedded Software Primer‖, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajkamal, ‖Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Andrew Sloss& Dominic Symes& Chris Wright, ―ARM System Developer‘s Guide, 1st Edition, Elsevier, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers 2004.
3. TIVA Series ARM Cortex M DataSheet
4. www.ti.com/tiva

15L027 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEM DESIGN


3003
COMPUTATIONAL ACCURACY IN DSP IMPLEMENTATIONS: Number Formats for Signals and Coefficients in DSP systems:
Fixed Point Format, Double Precision Fixed Point Format, Floating Point Format, Block Floating Point Format. Dynamic Range and
Precision - Sources of Error in DSP Implementations - A/D Conversion Errors - DSP Computational Errors - D/A Conversion Errors.
(9)

ARCHITECTURES FOR PROGRAMMABLE DSP DEVICES: Basic Architectural Features-DSP Computational Building Blocks:
Hardware Multiplier, Barrel Shifter, MAC Unit-Bus Architecture and Memory-Data Addressing Capabilities- Address Generation Unit-
Speed Issues: Hardware Architecture - Parallelism – Pipelining - System level Parallelism and Pipelining-Architecture of
TMS320C54xx Processors. (9)

DEVELOPMENT TOOLS FOR DSP IMPLEMENTATIONS: Introduction to Code Composer Studio (CCS) – DSP Software
Development using CCS- Implementation of Basic DSP Algorithms: Q-notation, Convolution, FIR Filters, IIR Filters , Decimation
Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters –2D Signal Processing: Matrix Multiplication. (9)

IMPLEMENTATION OF FFT ALGORITHMS: FFT Algorithm for DFT Computation- Butterfly Computation – Overflow & Scaling – Bit
Reversed Index Generation-8-point FFT Implementation on the TMS320C54xx processor- Computation of the Signal Spectrum.
(9)

INTERFACING SERIAL CONVERTERS TO A PROGRAMMABLE DSP DEVICE: Synchronous Serial Interface- Multichannel
Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)-McBSP Programming-CODEC Interface-CODEC Programming- CODEC, DSP Interface.
(9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Avtar Singh, Srinivasan S, ―Digital Signal Processing‖: Implementations Using DSP Microprocessors with Examples from
TMS320C54xx‖, Thomson/Brooks/Cole, Singapore, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Venkataramani B, and Bhaskar M, ―Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming & Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2002
2. Texas Instruments Manuals for TMS 320C 54X Volumes 1 to 5.
3. User Manual and Technical Reference of TMS320C54xx processor, Vi Microsystems, Chennai.

102
15L028 VEHICULAR SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS
3003
INTRODUCTION: Electronics in Automotive: Body and Convenience Electronics: Interior and exterior lighting and control systems,
HVAC control system, smart window lift and roof control system, decentralized mirror system. Vehicular Safety Systems: Active and
Passive Safety Systems: Electric Power Steering (EPS), Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) / Vehicle Stability Control (VSC), Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), Air Bag System. Power Train Systems, Vehicle Security:
Immobilizer, Connected Car, In-car emergency call (eCall). Overview of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles. (10)

BODY AND CONVENIENCE ELECTRONICS: Central Body Control Module System: High Beam, Low Beam, Brake, Park, Fog
Lamps, Interior Lights and its power requirements – Drivers for Lighting Systems. HVAC System: Flap System, Blower System,
Heater/AC control. Power window position sensing and control, anti-pinching technique - sun roof position sensing and control. (9)

VEHICLE SAFETY SYSTEMS: Active Safety Systems: EPS: steering angle sensing, torque sensing, rotor position sensing and
current sensing techniques- steering motor drivers and control system. VSC/ABS: wheel speed sensing, Yaw, Roll and Pitch
sensing, signal conditioning, drivers and control system, ACC Radar and Control System. Passive Safety Systems: Reversible seat
belt pretension system, air bag pressure sensors, signal conditioning modules, air bag squib system, crash detection and airbag
firing. Introduction to On-Board Diagnosis System. (10)

POWER TRAIN SYSTEMS: Electronic Engine Management System: Gasoline Multi-Port Injection System and Diesel Direct
Injection System-Automatic Transmission System- Hybrid Electric Vehicle, Electric Vehicle, Plug-In-Hybrid Electric Vehicle.
(8)

VEHICULAR NETWORKS: Introduction- Networking Protocols used in Vehicles: I2C, CAN, LIN, SPI, MOST, FlexRay and
Ethernet. Introduction to AUTOSAR. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nicholas Navet and Francois Simonot-Lion, ―Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook‖ Taylor and Francis, New York 2009
2. Dominique Paret, ―Multiplexed Networks for Embedded Systems CAN, LIN, FlexRay, Safe‖ John Wiley, England, 2008

REFERENCES:
1. Ronald K. Jurgen, ―Automotive Electronics Handbook‖ Mac Graw Hill, New York, 2000
2. Wayne Wolf, ―Computer as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design‖, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
USA, 2008.
3. Rajkamal, ‖Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
4. LPC2129 Microcontroller datasheets.

15L029 ADVANCED PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURES


3003
PARALLEL PROCESSING, MEMORY AND INPUT-OUTPUT SUBSYSTEMS: Trends towards Parallel Processing – Parallel
Computer Structures – Architectural Classification Schemes - Parallel Processing Applications. Hierarchical Memory Structure -
Virtual Memory System – Cache Memories – Input-Output Subsystems (9)

PRINCIPLES OF PIPELINING AND VECTOR PROCESSING: Principles of Linear Pipelining- Classification of Pipeline
Processors-General Pipelines and Reservation Tables- Interleaved Memory Organizations- Principles of Designing Pipelined
Processors- Characteristics of Vector Processing-Pipelined Vector Processing Methods – Architecture of Cray-I Vector Processor.
(9)

STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS FOR ARRAY PROCESSORS: SIMD Array Processors: SIMD Computer Organization, Making
the data routing mechanism. SIMD Interconnection Networks: Static Vs Dynamic Networks, Mesh-Connected Illiac Network, Cube
Interconnection Networks, Barrel Shifter and Data Manipulator- Parallel Algorithms for Array Processors: SIMD Matrix Multiplication,
Parallel Storing on Array Processors and SIMD Fast Fourier Transform (9)

MULTIPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING, CONTROL AND ALGORITHMS: Loosely Coupled Multiprocessors-


Tightly Coupled Multiprocessors-Processor Characteristics for Multiprocessing. Interconnection Networks: Time shared or Common
Buses- Crossbar Switch and Multiport Memories-Inter-process Communication Mechanisms: Process Synchronization Mechanisms,
Synchronization with Semaphores, Conditional Critical Sections and Monitors. System Deadlocks and Protection:
System Deadlocks and Protection, Deadlock Prevention and Avoidance- Deadlock Detection and Recovery and Protection
Schemes. (9)

MSP430 MICROCONTROLLER AND TMS320C6713 DSP PROCESSOR: Introduction- - MSP 430 Architecture –Features - Digital
I/O : Input Registers , Output Registers , Direction Registers , Pull Up and Pull down Enable Registers Function Select Registers ,
Configuring Unused Port Pins Digital I/O Registers -TMS320C6000 family overview- Typical Applications – TMS320C67x DSP

103
features and Options – Architecture – CPU-CPU Data Paths – Functional Units – On-chip Peripherals: DMA, EDMA, HPI,McBSP
and Timers. (9)
Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Venkataramani B, Bhaskar M, ―Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming & Applications‖, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
2. ‖MSP430X2xx Family User‘s Guide‖, Texas Instruments

REFERENCES:
1. Kai Hwang and Faye A Briggs, ―Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing‖ McGraw-HILL , New York,1985.
2. SPRU197d.pdf (TMS320C6000 Technical Brief), Texas Instruments
3. SPRU733A.pdf (TMS320C67x/67x+ DSP CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide, Texas Instruments.

15L030 REAL TIME SYSTEMS


3003
INTRODUCTION TO REAL TIME SYSTEM :Introduction to Real time Embedded System, need for a real-time system, different
kinds (reactive, time driven, deadline driven, etc.,) Embedded system Design cycle, Types of Real Time systems, Real Time
Applications and features, Issues in real time computing, aspects of real-time systems (timeliness, responsiveness, concurrency,
predictability, correctness, robustness, fault tolerance and safety, resource limitations, RTOS necessity) Performance measures of
Real Time System, real-time requirement specifications, modeling/verifying design tools (real-time UML, state charts, etc.,) (8)

EMBEDDED HARDWARE FOR REAL TIME SYSTEM :Selection criteria for Real time system - Hardware and Software
perspective, need for partitioning, criteria for partitioning (performance, criticality, development ease, robustness, fault tolerance and
safety, resource limitations, etc.,), System Considerations, Basic development environment-host Vs target concept, CPU features –
Architecture, on-chip peripherals, Real time implementation considerations, pipeline, bus architecture, Fast Interrupt Response
Manager, Introduction to Interrupts, Interrupt vector table, interrupt programming, Pipeline and Parallelism concepts. Case study of
real time applications using C2000 microcontroller - Motor Control, Digital Power, Power Line Communication. (10)

EMBEDDED HARDWARE – ON CHIP PERIPHERALS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS :Role of peripherals for Real time
systems, On-Chip peripherals & hardware accelerators, Peripherals [Direct Memory Access, Timers, Analog to Digital Conversion
(ADC), DAC, Comparator, Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)], Need of real time Communication, Communication Requirements,
Timeliness, Dependability, Design Issues, Overview of Real time communication, Real time Communication Peripherals – I2C, SPI
& UART. Case study - Illustration of configuring and interfacing the peripherals and Real time communication protocols for C2000
platforms. (9)

EMBEDDED SOFTWARE AND RTOS :Software Architecture of real time System, Introduction to RTOS, role of RTOS, Real time
kernel, qualities of good RTOS, Functionalities of RTOS – Task Management, I/O management, Memory management, Inter Task
Communication, Task, Task states, Task control block, attributes of TCB, Context switching, Interrupts handling,
Multiprocessing and multitasking. Case study examples for demonstrating task management using TI RTOS on C2000 platforms
understanding user API and programming. (9)

SCHEDULING, SYNCHRONIZATION AND INTER TASK COMMUNICATION IN REAL TIME SYSTEMS :Basic Concepts for Real-
Time Task Scheduling, Scheduling: definitions, Overview of Scheduling policies (Rate monotonic Analysis (RMA), Earliest Deadline
First (EDF) and etc.,) Task Synchronization – Need of synchronization, shared data problems and its ways of handling, Role of
Semaphore, types of semaphores, Inter task communication – Need of communication, Message. Mailbox and Message Queues,
RTOS problems - Priority inversion phenomenon, Deadlock phenomenon and steps to handle them. Case studies implementation of
Semaphore, Mailbox and Message queues using TI RTOS for C2000 platforms. Case Study of RTOS based SW for Real Time
Applications using C2000: Motor Control, Digital Power, Power Line Communication. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Real-Time Systems by Jane W. S. Liu Prentice Hall; 1 edition ISBN: 978-0130996510.
2. Intro to the TI-RTOS Kernel Workshop Lab Manual, by Texas Instruments, Rev 2.3 – December 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. TMS320C28x CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide, TI Literature Number: SPRU 430E, Revised January 2009
2. TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide, TI Literature Number: SPRU566J, Revised April 2011
3. C2000 Teaching CD ROM from Texas Instruments

COMPUTER SCIENCE ELECTIVES

15L031 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING


3003
INTRODUCTION TO PARALLEL PROCESSING: - Evolution of computer systems. Generation of computer systems – Trends
towards parallel processing- Parallel processing mechanisms- parallel computer structure- Architectural classification schemes –
Application. (6)

104
MEMORY AND I/O SUBSYSTEMS: Hierarchical Memory structure – Virtual memory system - cache memory management-
Memory allocation and management – I/O subsystems. (5)

PIPELINING: Principles - Classification of pipeline processors - Reservation tables – Interleaved memory organization – Design of
arithmetic pipeline – Design of instruction pipeline (5)

VECTOR PROCESSING: Need – Basic vector processing architecture - Issues in vector processing – Vectorization and
optimization methods. (6)

ARRAY PROCESSING: SIMD Array processors – SIMD interconnection networks – Parallel algorithms for array processors –
associative array processing. (7)

MULTIPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Functional structures - Interconnection network – Multi cache problems and solutions –
Exploiting concurrency for multiprocessing. (8)

PRINCIPLES OF PARALLEL ALGORITHM DESIGN: Design approaches-Design issues-Performance measures and analysis-
Complexities-Anomalies in parallel algorithms - Pseudo code conventions for parallel algorithms-Comparison of SIMD and MIMD
algorithms. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Kai Hwang, ―Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability and Programmability‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.

REFERENCES:
1. Seyed Roosta, ―Parallel Processing and Parallel Algorithms‖, Springer Series, 2000.
2. John L Hennessy, ―Computer Architecture a Quantitative Approach‖,Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

13L032 DATA STRUCTURES


3003
INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract Data Types - Primitive data structures - Analysis of algorithms – time and space
complexities - notations. (8)

ARRAYS: Operations - Implementation of one, two, three and multi dimensioned arrays – Sparse and dense matrices -
Applications. (5)

STACK AND QUEUE: Stack operations - implementations - Applications: Subroutine handling - Recursion – Expression
Processing. Queue - operations - implementations - Priority Queues - Dequeues - Applications: Job scheduling. (6)

LISTS: Operations - Singly linked lists, doubly linked lists, Circular lists - Applications – Linked Stacks - Linked queues - Linked
Priority queues. (6)

TREES AND GRAPHS: Tree Terminologies - Implementation - Binary Tree: Properties –representation of trees, tree traversals-
Expression trees - Infix, Postfix and Prefix expressions-AVL Tree. Graph-Terminologies-representations-graph search methods:
Breadth first search, Depth first search, Minimum spanning trees- Shortest path - Multistage graph. (12)

SORTING AND SEARCHING: Insertion sort - Selection sort - Bubble sort - Radix sort- Quick sort –merge sort -linear search and
binary search- Algorithms and their time complexities -hashing (8)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2005.
2. A.Chitra P T Rajan, ―Data Structures", Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, ―Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Thomes H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest and Clifford Stein ―Introduction to Algorithms‖, The MIT Press, 2009.
3. Robert L Kruse, Bruce P Leung and Clovin L Tondo, ―Data Structures and Program Design in C‖, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2009.
4. Vijayalakshmi Pai G A, ―Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications‖, McGraw-Hill, 2009.

15L033 EMBEDDED LINUX


3003
INTRODUCTION: Embedded Linux – Real Time Linux – Types of Embedded Linux – Reason for choosing Linux – Design and
Implementation methodology – Types of Host/Target Development setup – Types of hosts/Target Debug setup (9)

105
ARCHITECTURE OF EMBEDDED LINUX: Generic architecture of an Embedded Linux System - System Startup – Types of Boot
configuration – Selecting the kernel – Configuring the kernel – Compiling the kernel – Installing the kernel. (9)

DEVELOPMENT TOOLS: GNU Cross-platform development tool chain – debugging, tracing & profiling tools, binary utilities – kernel
debugging – debugging in Embedded Linux applications (9)

REAL-TIME LINUX: Real-Time Operating System – Interrupt latency – ISR duration – Scheduler latency – Scheduler duration –
User space Real Time – Real-Time programming in Linux (9)

PORTING APPLICATIONS: Introduction to Beagle bone – Porting of Embedded Linux prebuilt images – Bone script (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Karim Yaghmour, Jon Masters, Gilad Ben-Yossef and Philippe Gerum, ―Building Embedded Linux Systems‖, O‘Reilly Media
Inc, California, 2008.
2. P. Raghavan, Amol Lad and Sriram Neelakandan,‖ Embedded Linux System Design and Development‖, Auerbach
Publications, USA, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. Christopher Hallinan, ‖Embedded Linux Primer,‖ Prentice Hall, New Delhi 2006.
2. Derek Molloy, ―Exploring BeagleBone: Tools and Techniques for Building with Embedded Linux‖, John Wiley & Sons, Canada,
2015

15L034 OPERATING SYSTEMS


3003
INTRODUCTION: Operating system – Functions – Evolution of Operating Systems, Structure of operating system – Monolithic and
Micro Kernel structures. (4)

MEMORY MANAGEMENT: Single contiguous allocation – Partitioned allocation – Buddy System - Paging – Segmentation -
Segmentation with paging. Virtual memory concepts – Swapping – Demand paging – Page replacement algorithms (9)

PROCESS MANAGEMENT: Introduction to processes – Scheduling objectives - Scheduling Criteria - Types of scheduling
algorithms – Performance comparison – Inter-process communications - Synchronization – Semaphores – Deadlock - Prevention,
Recovery, Detection – Avoidance. Classical problems in concurrency- Multithreading. (11)

FILE AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT: File Systems – Files-Directories- File system implementation – Allocation methods – Security
– Protection mechanisms. Principles of I/O hardware – I/O software – Disks – Disk Scheduling Algorithms – RAID Levels (12)

CASE STUDY: LINUX – History –Comparison with Windows OS - Design Principles – Kernel modules – Process Management –
Scheduling – Memory Management – File Systems – Input and Output – Inter-process Communication – Network Structure –
Security. (9)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A, Galvin P and Gagne G, ―Operating System Concepts‖, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2013.
2. Deitel H M,‖ An Introduction to Operating Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Andrew S Tanenbaum, Albert S Woodhull,‖ The MINIX book Operating Systems: Design and Implementation,‖ Pearson
Education, New Delhi 2006.
2. Mukesh Singhal and Niranjan G Shivaratis, ―Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
3. William Stallings, ―Operating Systems‖, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.

15L035 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


3003
BASIC CONCEPTS: Introduction to databases – Conventional file processing – Purpose of database system – Characteristics of
database approach – Advantages of using DBMS – Database concept and architecture – Data Abstraction – Data Models –
Instances and Schema – Data Independence – Schema Architecture – Components of a DBMS – Database Languages – Database
Manager – Database Administrator – Database Users. (5)

106
DATA MODELING: Introduction – Data associations – Entities, attributes, relationships – Type role and structural constraints –
Weak and Strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models (ERD) – Generalization – Aggregation – Conversion of
ERD into tables – Applications – Introduction to Network data model and Hierarchical data model. (6)

FILE ORGANIZATION: Storage device characteristics – Constituents of a file – Operations on file – Serial files – Sequential files –
Index sequential files – Direct files – Binary and Secondary Key Retrieval – Indexing using Tree Structures. (8)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Introduction to Relational Data Model – Basic concepts – Enforcing data Integrity constraints – Relational
Algebra Operations (3)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language (SQL) – SQL Commands for defining
Database, Constructing database, Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations – Advanced Queries in SQL –
Functions in SQL – Aggregation – Categorization – Updates in SQL – Views in SQL. (10)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Data base design process – Relational Database Design – Relation Schema – Anomalies in a
database – Functional dependencies – Axioms – Normal forms based on primary keys – Second Normal form, Third Normal form,
Boyce – Codd Normal form – Examples – Reduction of an E-R schema to Tables. (10)

DATABASE SECURITY, INTEGRITY CONTROL: Security and Integrity threats – Defense mechanisms – Transaction and
concurrency control mechanisms. (3)

Total L: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, ―Database System Concepts‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, ―Fundamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Date C J, Kannan A, Swamynathan S, ―An Introduction to Database Systems‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, ―Database Management System (Digitized)‖, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2007.
3. Graeme C Simsion, ―Data Modeling Essentials‖, Dreamtech, New Delhi, 2006.

15L036 SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES


3003
NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts ,Neural Network Architectures, Characteristics, Learning methods. Back propagation
networks - Kohnen's self organizing networks - Radial basis function neural networks - Hopfield network. Applications of neural nets
such as pattern recognition, speech and decision. (9)

FUZZY SYSTEMS:Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Relations and Fuzzy reasoning, Fuzzy functions - Decomposition – Fuzzy automata and
languages - Fuzzy control methods - Fuzzy decision making, Industrial Applications.
(9)
NEURO - FUZZY MODELING:Adaptive networks based Fuzzy interface systems - Classification and Regression Trees – Data
clustering algorithms - Rule based structure identification - Neuro-Fuzzy controls. (9)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS :Survival of the Fittest - Fitness Computations - Cross over - Mutation - Reproduction – Selection
methods (6)

APPLICATION OF SOFT COMPUTING:Optimiation of traveling salesman problem using Genetic Algorithm, Genetic algorithm
based Internet Search Techniques, Soft computing based hybrid fuzzy controller, Introduction to Environment for Soft computing
Techniques. (12)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Laurene V Fausett, " Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architectures, Algorithms and Applications", Pearson Prentice Hall,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. Timothy J Ross―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖John Wiley & Sons,UK, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. Deepa S, and Sivanandam S N ,‖ Principles of Soft Computing‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2007
2. Rajasekaran S and Vijayalakshmi Pai G A ―Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis and
Applications‖, Prentice Hall of India ,New Delhi, 2010.
3. Jang J.S.R, Sun C T and Mizutani E, "Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft computing", Prentice Hall, New Jersey,2004.

107
15L037 COMPUTER AND MACHINE VISION

3 0 0 3

IMAGE REPRESENTATIONS AND ITS MATHEMATICS: Introduction, Image digitization, Image and its mathematics, Digital image
properties, Linear integral transforms, Color images. (9)

IMAGE PRE-PROCESSING & HOUGH TRANSFORM: Classical filtering operations –thresholding techniques -edge detection
techniques –corner and interest point detection –mathematical morphology Line detection .–Hough Transform (HT) for line detection
–foot-of-normal method –line localization –line fitting straight line detection, circular object detection ,–accurate center location
ellipse detection -Case study: Human Iris location–hole detection. (9)

SHAPE REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION: Binary shape analysis, connectedness,object labeling and counting,size
filtering ,distance functions, skeletons and thinning ,deformable shape analysis ,boundary tracking procedures , active contours,
shape models and shape recognition, centroidal profiles, handling occlusion, boundary length measures, boundary descriptors–
chain codes –Fourier descriptors –region descriptors ,moments. (9)

3D VISION GEOMETRY: 3D vision tasks , Basics of projective geometry , A single perspective camera , Scene reconstruction from
multiple views , Two cameras stereopsis, Three cameras and trifocal tensor, Full 3D objects, 3D model-based vision , 2D view-
based representations of a 3D scene. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Application: Photo album –Face detection –Face recognition –Eigen faces,Active appearance and 3D shape
models of faces Application: Surveillance –foreground-background separation–particle filters,Chamfer matching, tracking,human
gait analysis Application: Invehicle vision system: locating roadway –road markings –identifying road signs - locating pedestrians. (9)

Total :45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Milan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac Roger Boyle, ―Digital Image Processing,Analysis,and Machine Vision, Cengage Learning, 2011.
2. Davies E. R., ―Computer & Machine Vision‖, Academic Press, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Szeliski R., ―Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications‖, Springer, 2011.
2. Simon J. D. Prince, ―Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference‖, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

ONE CREDIT COURSES

15LF01 LINUX AND SCRIPTING LANGUAGES


1001
INTRODUCTION TO LINUX : The Linux Shell Environment – Files and Directories – Entering Commands on Linux Systems –
Command Options and Arguments – Customizing Environment – Linux Features (2)

Vi Editor : Text editing with vi editor – Starting vi – Different Modes of Operation – Advanced Editing with vi (2)

THE SHELL : The Common Shells – Necessity of the Shells – Wildcards Usage – Standard Input and Output - Shell
Variables – Command Substitution – Running Commands in the Background – Job control (3)

SHELL PROGRAMMING : Shell Scripts – Providing Arguments to Shell Programs – Shell Output and Input – Conditional
Execution – Looping – Command Line Options in Shell Scripts – Arithmetic Operations – Debugging Shell Programs (3)

PERL : Basic Perl Concepts – File handles – Scalar Variables – Arrays and Lists – Pattern Matching and Regular Expressions
– Trouble shooting Perl Scripts (3)

TCL : Basic Tcl Concepts – Features – Programs (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES :
1. Ken Rosen, Douglas Host, Rachel Klee, James Farber and Dick Rosinski, ―The Complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill, New York,
2007.
2. Eric Foster-Jonson, John C.Welch, and Micah Anderson, ―Shell Scripting‖, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.

108
15LF02 RTOS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
1001
INTRODUCTION: Real Time System Concepts. Comparison between conventional OS and RTOS. Introduction to MQX RTOS.
When to use which OS, RTOS, RTS and Standalone, Different Modules of RTOS. Process management details. (2)

RTOS Lab#1: Code Warrior of Freescale, Hardware board environment, BSP, PSP, Application differentiations, host machine
setups, project configurations for RTOS. Task creations. Priority settings, working with different scheduler algorithms. To understand
different states of a job. (3)

INTER PROCESS COMMUNICATION BASICS: Semaphores, Messages. (2)

RTOS Lab#2: IPC Basics hands on sessions (3)

INTER PROCESS COMMUNICATION ADVANCED: Priority inversion, Priority inheritance, Dead Lock, Mail box, Events, Mutex (2)

RTOS Lab#3: Priority Inversion, Priority inheritance, Dead lock (2)

DEVICE DRIVERS: Device Driver basics, MQX Device Drivers, MQX Device Driver Application Programming, (1)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. ―Operating Systems‖ By Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne
2. Micro C/OS-II The Real-Time Kernel, By Jean J. Labrosse
3. Freescale MQX RTOS Manual.

15LF03 LTE AND THE EVOLUTION TO 4G WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS

1001
LTE: Motivation to LTE.- Evolution of Architecture –3GPP with Non-3GPP Architecture- EPC - eNB, HeNB and Relay Nodes -LTE-
Advanced LTE Protocol Stacks Summary- Protocol architecture - S1 and X2 Interface, Other interfaces- Security Architecture -
MBMS Architecture -CS FallBack, SRVCC, VoLTE –Advantages of LTE. (4)

PHYSICAL LAYER: Uplink Physical Layer Design – Downlink physical layer design (5)

CONTROL PLANE AND USER PLANE PROTOCOLS: MAC architecture- DL-SCH data transfer- HARQ operation- Multiplexing
and assembly- Scheduling Request - RLC architecture - PDCP architecture. Radio Resource Controller – PLMN and cell selection,
Paging.
(4)
CALL PROCESSING PROCEDURES: Idle Mode Processing - Cell Reselection- Paging- RRC Connection and Release- SON-
Handover - Intra RAT and Inter-RAT (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCE:
1. Stefania Sesia, Issam Toufik and Matthew Baker, ― LTE – The UMTS Long Term Evolution: From Theory to Practice‖, Second
Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2011.

15LF04 AVIONICS
1001
Introduction to Flight-Theory of Flight and Control Surfaces - Brief about Avionics - Evolution of Avionics - Brief about various
Avionic systems on board an aircraft - Power supply systems-Electrical Power Sources-Power generation and distribution systems -
Navigation Systems-Electrical Navigation Systems-Compasses, Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) (3)

Radio Navigation Systems-Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) -Global Positioning System (GPS) -Very High Frequency Omni-Range
(VOR)-Instrument Landing System (ILS) -Air Traffic Control System (ATC) -Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) -Ground
Proximity Warning System (GPWS)-Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)- Weather Radar (4)

Flight Instruments-Air Data Systems/ Computers (ADS/ADC), Pitot Static Systems-Air Speed Indicator (ASI)-Vertical Speed
Indicator (VSI)-Barometric Altimeters-Radio Altimeters-Artificial Horizon or Attitude Indicator-Flight Directors (FD) (3)

109
Power plant Systems - Communication systems-VHF, HF, Data-link, Voice scramblers - Automatic Flight Control Systems (AFCS)-
Automatic Flight Guidance Systems (AFGS)-Autopilot - Miscellaneous systems-Collision Avoidance Systems (CAS), Flight Data
Recorders (FDR), Cockpit Voice Recorders (CVR) - Space avionics-Challenges in design (5)

REFERENCES:
1. ―Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems‖ by E H J Pallett, First Edition 1992, Publishers: Avionics Communications
2. ―Principles of Avionics‖ by Dr Albert Helfrick, 8th Edition, Publishers: Avionics Communications
3. ―Aircraft Systems: Mechanical, Electrical and Avionics Subsystems Integration‖ by Ian Moir and Allan Seabridge, 3rd Edition,
Publishers: Wiley

15LF05 SYSTEM LEVEL VERIFICATION TECHNIQUES AND METHODOLOGIES


1001
SYSTEM VERILOG FOR VERIFICATION: Data types – Function and task - Basic OOP – Class Methods – Handling objects –
Public and local variables. (3)

SYSTEM LEVEL VERIFICATION ENVIROMENT AND COMPONENTS: Basic component in Verification -- Driver – Stimulus
generator – Monitor – Scoreboard – Checker -- Creating test bench. (3)

STIMULUS – COVERAGE AND ASSERTIONS: Generating different type of stimulus – Constrained Random Stimulus generation –
Directed stimulus Generation -- Coverage Driven Simulation – Assertion based Simulation. (3)

INTRODUCTION TO OVM: Introduction to OVM - OVM class and its hierarchy – OVM test bench and environment – Basics of
Transaction-Level Modeling (TLM) – OVM components – Developing Reusable OVM Components (3)

CASE STUDY: Sample architecture – Creating verification environment – Creating the test plan – Creating test case – Reusable -
Transaction Level Models - Managing Simulations - Regression. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Janick Bergeron, ―Writing Test Benches Using System Verilog‖, Springer, 2009.
2. Mark Glasser, "Open Verification Methodology Cookbook", Springer, 2009.
3. Chris Spear and Greg Tumbush, "System Verilog for Verification - A Guide to Learning the Testbench Language Features"
Springer, 2012.
4. ―OVM System Verilog User Guide‖, Cadence Design Systems and Mentor Graphics, Version 2.0.2, June 2009.

15LF06 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS

1001
OVERVIEW OF AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: Basics of Power Train (Gasoline – Diesel Engine) – transmission –
Braking – Steering (4)
OVERVIEW OF VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS: Need for Electronics and Overview of Electronics systems in Automotive
(3)

POWER TRAIN ELECTRONICS: - Safety System (ABS, TCS, ESP, Airbags) Electronics – Comfort Electronics (Control System,
Hardware & Software) (4)

OVERVIEW OF IN VEHICLE NETWORKING: Introduction to CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST, KWP2000 (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. ―BOSCH Automotive Handbook‖, Robert Bosche, 2011
2. Denton T, ―Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems‖, Elsevier, 2012
3. Joerg Schaeuffele and Thomas Zurawka ―Automotive Software Engineering – Principles, Processes, Methods and Tools‖, SAE
Publications, 2005
4. Ronald K J, ―Automotive Electronics Handbook‖ McGraw-Hill, 1999.

15LF07 MACHINE VISION ALGORITHMS AND SYSTEM DESIGN


1001
INTRODUCTION: Difference between Image processing, Machine Vision and Computer Vision, Applications - Industrial automation
and quality inspection, Tracking, Gesture Recognition, Object detection and recognition, Face detection and recognition, Vision for
robot control and 3D Reconstruction. (3)

110
CAMERA, LENS AND LIGHTING: Pinhole Camera, Image Formation, Projective Geometry, Lenses and Camera System, Various
types of Sensors, Lighting methods, Camera Interfaces, Image transfer to a computer, Representation of an image in a computer.(3)

IMAGE PROCESSING IN MACHINE VISION: Histogram, Thresholding, Otsu's Method, Adjacency, Morphology, Flood Fill,
Connected Component Analysis, Perimeter, Chamfering, Moments, Compactness, Eccentricity, Convolution, Gaussian Pyramid,
Edge Detection, Filtering, Segmentation. (3)

BUILDING A MACHINE VISION SYSTEM: System Setup, Pre-processing, Core Algorithm and Post Processing, Ablative Analysis,
Cross Validation, ROC Curves, Supervised Learning, Unsupervised Learning, Cutting Edge of Computer Vision. (3)

Case Studies
1. Design of high speed pencil inspection and sorting system (1)
2. Design of automated color registration control system for web offset printing machines (1)
3. Design of high performance counterfeit currency detection system (1)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, ―Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision‖, Cengage Learning, 2014.
2. Forsyth D. and Ponce J., ―Computer Vision: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice-Hall, 2003.
3. Trucco E. and Verri A., ―Introductory Techniques for 3-D Computer Vision‖, Prentice-Hall, 1998.
4. Szeliski R. ―Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications‖, Springer Verlag, 2011.

15LF08 MILLIMETER WAVE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


1001
INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-GIGABIT: 60-Ghz Millimeter wave radios -Millimeter wave characteristics-Channel performance at
60GHz, Gigabit wireless communication, Standards- Wi -Gig, IEEE 802.11ad, IEEE 802.15.3c,WirelessHD,ECMA-387/ISO/IEC
13156- Millimeter wave applications. (4)

MILLIMETER WAVE ANTENNAS: Path loss and antenna directivity-Antenna beamwidth-Maximum possible gain to Q-Polarization,
Beam steering antenna- Millimetre wave design consideration (4)

MILLIMETER WAVE TRANSCEIVERS: Millimeter wave link budget-Transceiver architecture- Receiver without local oscillator,
Millimeter wave calibration (4)

MILLIMETER WAVE MIMO: Spatial diversity of antenna arrays- Multiple antennas, Multiple transceivers-Noise coupling in MIMO
system. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Kao-Cheng Huang, Zhaocheng Wang, ―Millimeter wave communication systems‖,John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey,
2011.
2. Jonathan Wells, ―Multi-Gigabit Microwave and Millimeter-Wave Wireless Communications‖, Artech House, 2010.
3. Su-Khiong Yong, Pengfei Xia and Alberto Valdes-Garcia, ―60GHz Technology for Gbps WLAN and WPAN: From Theory to
Practice‖, Wiley 2010.

15LF09 WIRELESS SYSTEM DESIGN


1001
INTRODUCTION: Introduction of Wireless Connectivity, Comparison of Wireless Technologies – WiFi, Zigbee, Bluetooth,
LoWPAN, Sub 1GHz band. Frequency bands and Worldwide regulations, Unlicensed bands, Network Topology and Range,
Different Ranges and Applications of Personal, Local, Neighborhood and wide area networks. (7)

EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES: Protocols - Standard and Proprietary Protocols, Network Topology and Size, Overheads and
Throughput. Internet of Things (IoT) and its applications. TI IoT Cloud EcoSystem (5)

Applications of Wireless networks using MSP430 and SimpliciTI Protocol (2)

Peer to Peer Networking with TIVA ARM LaunchPad (1)

Mesh Networking for Smart Sensors


Total L: 15

REFERENCE:
1. Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes.

111
15LF10 TELEMATICS
1001
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to 16Bit Ultra Low Power Microcontroller - CPU Architecture, Basic Block Diagram, Clock Module
Overview, clock module configuration, various frequency settings, Introduction to IDE, compiler and linker file configuration,
Interfacing the IDE and HW development board. (2)

PERIPHERALS INTERFACING: Introduction to digital peripherals - Introduction to Input / Output Ports - Configuration of Digital
ports as Input and Output - Introduction to Low Power Modes - Various Low power mode of operations and settings.
Communication Peripherals – Universal Asynchronous Serial Transmission (UART) – Baud rate – Register Configuration –
Transmission and Reception of Data between MCU and PC (3)

TELEMATICS APPLICATIONS: Overview of Global System for Mobile Communication – Operation – Introduction to AT
commands – Send Message using Serial Terminal. Overview of Global Positioning System – Introduction to NMEA Protocol – GPS
Co-Ordinates – Monitoring GPS Data over Serial Terminal (3)

INTERFACING GSM WITH LOW POWER MCU: MCU – Configuration of UART - Hardware Interfacing of GSM with MCU –Send
Message using AT commands (3)

INTERFACING GPS WITH LOW POWER MCU: MCU – Configuration of UART – Hardware Interfacing of GPS with MCU – GPS
Position Fix with Indication in LED. Send Alert SMS with observed GPS Position Change. (4)

Total L : 15

REFERENCES:
1. John H. Davies, ―MSP430 Microcontroller Basics‖, Newnes Publication, 2010.
2. Chris Nagy, ―Embedded Systems Design Using the TI MSP430 Series‖, 2013, MSP430 Teaching ROM CD.
3. Sim900 AT COMMANDS, SIMCOM Ltd.
4. Klaus Betke, ―The NMEA 0183 Protocol‖, May 2000.

15LF11 ADVANCED AVIONICS


1001
LAYOUT OF A CONVENTIONAL COCKPIT AND DISADVANTAGES- Configuration of a typical Integrated Avionics Systems-
Glass Cockpit Systems-Flight Management Systems (FMS)-Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) - Units of EFIS-EFIS units
signal interfacing (with block diagram)-Functions of each unit-Display system-Symbol Generator and Card Interfacing-Control Panel-
Electronic Attitude Director Indicator (EADI)-Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator (EHSI)-Engine Indicating and Crew Alerting
System (EICAS)-Explanation of functions of units with functional diagram - Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System
(ECAM) (6)

ADVANCED RADAR SYSTEMS-Helmet Mounted Target Designation System (HMTDS)-Full Authority Digital Engine (or
electronics) Control (FADEC)-Avionics of Unmanner Aerial Vehicles (UAV)-All Electric Aircraft-Design of In-flight Entertainment
Systems (3)

TACTIAL MISSION SYSTEMS-Concept of a Tactical Mission System-Systems of a typical Tactical Mission System: Radio Sonic
System(RSS), Magnetometric Measurement System (MMS), Control Computer System (CCS), Infra-Red Television System (IRTV)
(4)

DATA BUSES-Avionics Standard Communications Bus (ASCB), ARINC-429-RS-404, RS 429, MIL-STD-1553 - Space Shuttle
Avionics (2)

REFERENCES:
1. ―Introduction to Avionics Systems‖ by RPG Collinson, Third Edition, Jun 2011, Springer
2. ―Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems‖ by E H J Pallett, First Edition 1992, Publishers:Avionics Communications
3. Tactical Mission System Manuals as per notes.

15LF12 E-COMMERCE SECURITY


1001
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to e-Commerce - Infrastructure – Benefits, limitations - Security Threats, Vulnerabilities – Standards-
IEEE. (3)

SECURITY MECHANISMS: Legal issues – Cyber Crimes - key management and certificates - payment security services -
communication network and network access layer security - Internet layer security and transport layer security - application layer
security - hypertext transfer protocol - web server security - web client security, mobile code security - mobile agent security -
mobile commerce security, digital signature certificates – eCards Security – mobile payment technology –Payment Card
Industry Data Security Standard PCI / DSS. (6)

112
HANDS-ON TRAINING: Modeling and design of a secure Web/Mobile based e-commerce application, securing internal network,
and providing secure employee/user authentication. (6)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. Yun Zhao Chwan-Hwa (John) Wu and J. David Irwin, ―Introduction to Computer Networks and Cybersecurity‖, CRC Press; 1
edition, February 4, 2013.
2. Ghosh, Anup K., ―E-Commerce Security and Privacy‖, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001
3. Ford W Baum M, ―Secure Electronic Commerce: Building the Infrastructure for Digital Signatures and Encryption‖, Prentice
Hall, New Delhi, 2001.

15LF13 SIMULATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR REAL TIME COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


1001
INTRODUCTION: Communication Network Modeling –simulation technologies,strategies and tools-languages-monte-carlo-–
Queueing Models –Comparisons – Flexibility (5)

SIMULATION & MODELING: Propagation Models – OSI Layer Modeling – Physical & MAC Layers – Higher Layer Protocols – Data
Visualization and Interpretations – Simulation Parameters and Techniques – Protocols – Network Planning and Design – Model
Output Analysis – Real Time Network Traffic Modeling (5)

HANDS-ON TRAINING: Modeling and Simulation of Communication Networks: Construction, Parameter Settings, Analysis, Result
Interpretation, Failure Analysis-Simulation using OPNET Riverbed Modeler 17.5 & QUALNET. (5)

Total L:15
REFERENCES:
1. Mohammad S. Obaidat, Faouzi Zarai, Petros Nicopolitidis, ―Modeling and Simulation of Computer Networks and Systems:
Methodologies and Applications‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 2015
2. Al-Sakib Khan Pathan, Muhammad Mostafa Monowar, Shafiullah Khan, ―Simulation Technologies in Networking and
Communications: Selecting the Best Tool for the Test‖, CRC Press, 2014
3. Klaus Wehrle, Mesut Günes, James Gross, ―Modeling and Tools for Network Simulation‖, Springer, 2010
4. Jack L. Burbank, ―An Introduction to Network Modeling and Simulation for the Practicing Engineer‖, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2011

15LF14 INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT)


1001
OVERVIEW: Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT). Review of CC3200 core and its architecture, Introduction to advanced ARM
Cortex M4 architecture, Peripherals overview, User API, Power challenges with IoT, CC3200 Simplelink applications, starting with
Code Composer Studio V6. (3)

SIMPLELINK WI-FI CPU: Introduction to CC3200 Simplelink Wi-Fi MCU, hardware Functional Block Diagram, Embedded Software
Overview, TI-RTOS support for CC3200 Simplelink, TI-RTOS configuration for CC3200 Simplelink, Simplelink Wi-Fi certification,
Power Modes. (2)

WLAN CONNECTION: Introduction to WLAN, WLAN parameters, AP/STATION modes and its Security types, Socket connection,
Typical commends and event flow, WLAN AP and WLAN STATION configuration settings. (2)

SOFTWARES: Introduction to Pin-Mux Tool, Configuration with Pin-Mux Tools, Introduction to Uniflash, Debugging with
Uniflash Tools, HTML page Download. (2)

HANDS-ON WITH CC3200: Brief introduction to CC3200 Peripherals, OUT OF BOX demo, Home and Industrial automation and
control, Creating project, programming with ADC, Programming with GPIO, enabling interrupt, Introduction to serial interface,
Overview of sensor interface with CC3200, TI RTOS configuration in CCS workspace, Client severer model basics, Simple Email
application, Emailing an sensor (ADC) value. (6)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Jonathan W Valvano, Introduction to Arm(r) Cortex -M Microcontrollers,2012.
2. Andrew Sloss , Dominic Symes,Chris Wright, ARM System Developer's Guide,2004.
3. Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes
4. www.ti.com/product/CC3200

113
15LF15 SYSTEMS AND TRANSFORMS
1001
SIGNALS: Definition of signal – Types of signals – Basic Signals. (3)

SYSTEMS: Types of systems – properties of systems – LTI systems – convolution. (7)

TRANSFORMS: Fourier series – Fourier transform. (5)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Lathi B P, ―Linear Systems and Signals‖, Oxford University Press, Chennai, 2014

15LF16 NANO TECHNOLOGY


1001
QUANTUM PHENOMENA: Limitation of classical physics – plank‘s quantum hypothesis – wave nature of particle – uncertainty
principle. (2)
MATERIALS: Free electron and band theory of solids, metals, insulators, semiconductors, semiconductor device concepts.
(2)
NANO DEVICE FABRICATION: Overview of nano devices and materials requirement, Physical Vapour deposition, Chemical
Vapour Deposition, solgel process, Photolithography, electron beam lithography, imprint lithography, etching. (4)

NANO DEVICES: Nano MOSFET performance metrics, transport in nano MOSFET, Nano actuators, Nano Cantilevers. (3)

NANOCHARACTERIZATION AND SIMULATION TECHNIQUES: Thickness measurement using reflectance and ellipsometry
techniques, AFM, FTIR, XRD, SEM, TEM, Simulation techniques and tools. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Aruldhas G., ―Quantum Mechanics‖, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. William D Callister, David G. Rethwisch, ―Materials Science and Engineering", Wiley Publications, New Jersey, 2010.
3. Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannangara, Geoff smith, ―Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies‖, Overseas press, New
Delhi, 2005.
4. Tai Ran – Hsu,‖MEMS and Microsystems, Design, Manufacture and Nanoscale Engineering‖, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2008.
5. Rainer Waser, ―Nanoelectronics and Information Technology: Advanced Electronic Materials Novel and Devices‖ Wiley Vch Verlag,
Weiheim, 2005.

15LF17 ROUTING ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN

1001

OVERVIEW:OSI and TCP/IP Models, explanation of each layer along with real time example, IP Addressing schemes, IPV4 and
IPV6 evolution, LAN, WAN, MAN, Networking devices. (2)

NETWORKING INFRASTRUCTURES AND DESIGNS: Discovering Network Design Basics, Network design overview, Benefits of
hierarchical network design, Network design methodology. (3)

ROUTING ARCHITECTURE: Cisco Routers and its types, Types of Routing protocols, Static Routing, Dynamic routing, RIP, OSPF,
EIGRP, BGP, Routing Technologies– MPLS, L2VPN, L3VPN, IPSEC VPN. (4)

NETWORKING PHASES: Planning & Design, Testing and Validation, Implementation and Deployment, Maintenance and change.
(3)

DEMO: Quick Demo with simulators on building Simple Network Topology - Vlan configurations, Static Routing, Any one routing
protocol implementation. (3)
Total L:15

REFERENCES:
1. Kevin Wallace, Cisco press,Routing and Switching Route 300 - 101 Official Cert Guide.
2. David Hucaby, Cisco press, Ccnp Routing and Switching Switch 300 - 115 Official Cert Guide.

114
3. http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/routers/crs/software/crs_r4-1/lxvpn/ configuration/guide/vc41crs /vc41v2.pdf
4. http://www.ciscopress.com/articles/article.asp?p=2180210&seqNum=7

15LF18 AUTOMOTIVE CONTROLLER AREA NETWORKS AND SECURITY

1001
INTRODUCTION: Basics of automotive electronic control units and building blocks – exemplary ECU functionality –overview of
automotive in vehicular architecture- Security Basics: Security goals – Security threats – Security Mechanisms – Application of
security mechanisms in automotive systems. (3)

AUTOMOTIVE CAN NETWORKS: Introduction - The CAN Standard - CAN Message - CAN Arbitration - Message Types - A Valid
Frame - Error Checking and Fault Confinement - The CAN Bus - CAN Transceiver Features. (4)

AUTOMOTIVE DIAGNOSTICS OVER CAN: On-Board-Diagnostics – OBD Applications – Diagnostics Scan tool - OBD-II signal
protocols – Diagnostics over CAN –Remote Diagnostics and Future trends. (4)

AUTOMOTIVE SECURITY VULNARABILITIES: Security Vulnerabilities in vehicular networks- Security Vulnerabilities in


Diagnostics networks - Security Vulnerabilities in multimedia systems – Exemplary CAR hack – Possible mitigations and Security
measures. (4)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and network security principles and practice‖,Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
2. Ronald K Jurgen, ―Infotainment Systems on Fast Forward‖, SAE International, 2007.
3. Dennis, ―Automotive Telematics: The One-stop Guide to In-vehicle Telematics and Infotainment Technology and
Applications‖, Red Hat Publishing, 2002.

15LF19 OPTICAL FIBER LINK MANAGEMENT

1001

FIBER OPTIC LINK AND TRANSMITTER:The Advantages of Optical Fiber over Copper - Optical power and Loss measurement -
Optical Windows/Bands –Attenuation, Dispersion, Dispersion Vs Bandwidth, BW of optical communication Semiconductor Light
Sources -LED/Laser Sources - Light Source Safety - Safety Handling Precautions Coupling of source to fiber. (5)

OPTICAL FIBER CABLES AND CONNECTORS: Core - Cladding -Coating Standards -Materials -Tensile Strength -Types of fibers,
Buffer - Strength Members - Jacket - Cable manufacturers -Cable Types - Colour coding -Ordinary fibers -Pig tail and patch cord -
Ribbon Cable -Submarine Cable -Cable Termination Methods -Cable Markings and Codes -External Markings -Bend Radius
Specifications - Connectors - Types of Fiber Optic Connectors -Single-Fiber Connectors -Connector Termination, Attenuators.
(5)
FIBER SPLICING: Splicing Equipment -Different types of splicing -Fusion Splicers - Splice Requirements -Splicing Procedures -
Cable preparation -Fusion Splicing Procedure -Pigtail splicing -Ribbon cable splicing (demo) Thermo shrinking. (5)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES:
1. John M. Senior, "Optical Fiber Communication", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Gerd Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communication",4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2010.

15LF20 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION AND OTDR TESTING

1001
FIBER CABLE CHARACTERISTICS: Structure-OFC Components-Strength Member-Outer and Inner Jacket-Loose Tube- Tight
Buffer ADSS- Ariel-Cable-Direct- Burried Cable-Indoor-Outdoor-Cable-Types - Cable marking and packaging requirements. (5)

OPTICAL FIBER CABLE LAYING PROCEDURE: Polyvinyl chloride/ High Density Polyethylene- type of pipes; Horizontal
Directional Drilling (HDD), Route Index Diagram; Brick Chamber Type Hand Hole; Technical Specifications. Duct Laying; High
Density Poly Ethylene (HDPE) telecom ducts- 140-40-15-Manhole Design Aspects;190-130-30-RCC-manhole. (5)

115
FIBER TESTING: Optical Time Domain Reflectometer -OTDR-light Source- power meter- Fiber continuity-Attenuation- Fiber length-
preparation of a mechanical splice – evaluation of spice joints by EIA/TIA 568B3 standard using an OTDR - Thermo shrinking.
(5)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Palais J.C, "Fiber optic Communications" Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Gerd Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communication", 4th Edition , Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2010.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

15OF01 EXPORT - IMPORT MANAGEMENT


1001
INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration. (3)

EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation. (4)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates. (3)

IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. (3)

EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Ramagopal C., ―Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics‖, New Age International.
2. Cherian and Parab, ―Export Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Rathod, Rathor and Jani, ―International Marketing‖, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.
4. ―Government of India: Export-Import Policy, procedures, etc.‖, (Volumes I, II and III) New Delhi.

15OF02 INSURANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT


1001
INTRODUCTION TO RISK MANAGEMENT: Risk in Our Society. (2)

INSURANCE AND RISK: Client Side – Components of the Costs of Risk. (2)

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE: Insurance Company Operations – Documents. (4)

MASS CONTROL: Insurance Intermediaries – Insurance Companies and their Role in Deducting Business / Role Risks. (4)

FINANCIAL RISKS: Shift of Risks – Risk Derivatives. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. George E Rejda, ―Principles of Risk Management & Insurance‖, 2010.
2. John Hull, ―Risk Management & Financial Institution‖, 2012.
3. Alka Mittal &. Gupta S. L, ―Principles of Insurance & Risk Management‖, 2006.

15OF03 VALUES AND ETHICS AT WORK PLACE

1001
HUMAN VALUES AND ETHOS: Meaning and Significance of Values – Sources of Individual Values - Value crisis in the
Contemporary Indian Society –Moral and Ethical Values. (4)

APPLICATION OF VALUES: Relevance of Values in Management – Personal Values and Values at Work place – Values for
Managers. (2)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics – Need – Issues – Challenges – Ethical Leadership – Ethical dilemma - Case Study.
(4)
SHARED VALUES IN THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS IMPACT: Need to identify and share values – the Value Construct and How
to Promote Shared Values. (2)

116
UNIVERSAL VALUES: Cross Cultural Values - Impact of Culture on Organizations and Managing Workforce Diversity. (3)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Tripathi A. N., ―Human values‖, New Age international Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
2. Murthy C.S.V., ―Business Ethics‖, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007.
3. Jayshree Suresh, Raghavan B.S., ―Professional Ethics‖, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
4. Nandagopal R. and Ajith Sankar RN., ―Indian Ethos and Values in Management‖, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15OF04 DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIALISATION


1001
EVOLUTION OF MODERN ECONOMY- Colonialism, Capitalism and economic development. (2)

AMERICAN HISTORY- Before and After European arrival. (4)

ROLE SLAVERY and trade in America. (4)

INDIAN ECONOMY – Pre and Post Independence, (3)

INDUSTRIALIZATION IN ASIA AND AFRICA – Colonialism – anti-colonialism and Socialism. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Paul Johnson, ―A History of the American People‖ Harper perennial Edition- 1999.
2. Henry Bamford Parkes, ―The United States of America – A history‖, Second Edition, 1960.
3. Ramesh Singh, ―Indian Economy- for Civil Services Examination‖, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition.
4. John g Jackson and Willis N Huggins, I ―Introduction to African Civilizations‖ - 2011.

15OF05 CREATIVITY AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE


1001

CREATIVITY- Understanding the creative skills (2)

WAYS TO IMPROVE creativity and exercises. (4)

INNOVATION – Process of Innovating new ideas - Importance of Innovation. (4)

ENTREPRENEURIAL skills and development – Intrapreneurship. (3)

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR and social enterprise – success stories of entrepreneurs – Leadership styles adopted by
successful entrepreneurs. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Treland, ―Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures‖, Pearson Prentice Hall,
2012.
2. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters& Dean Shepherd, ―Entrepreneurship‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
3. Daniel Kahneman, ―Thinking faast and sloe‖, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011.
4. Robert B Tucker, ― Innovation Everybody‘s Business‖, 2010

15OF06 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING


1001
DEFINING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY and social influences on behavior. (2)

ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL and psychological problems and the solutions to address social problems. (4)

ROLE OF SPORTS AND GAMES, yoga practices, tracking and outdoor activities in addressing social and psychological problems. (4)

ORIGINS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDER – roots of social anxiety - prevention of psychological disorders. (3)

NATURE OF INTERVENTIONS – Evaluation of Interventions and implementing the interventions. (2)


Total L: 15

117
REFERENCES:
1. Frank W Schneider et all, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications, 2012.
2. Robert A Baron and Giriswar Misra, ―Psychology‖, V Ed., Pearson, Chennai.
3. John T Cacioppo Laura & Freberg, ―Discovering Psychology the Science of Mind‖, Cengage Learning, 2013.
4. Frank W Schneider, Jamie & Gruman, Larry M Coutts, ―Applied Social Psychology‖, II Ed., Sage Publications.

15OF13 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1001
INVESTMENTS ENVIRONMENT: Classification - Financial Instruments – Security Trading. (2)

TYPES OF SECURITY: Trading – Orders, Margin Trading – Clearing and Settlement Procedures. (5)

SECURITY ANALYSIS: Industry Analysis – Company Analysis. (4)

PORTFOLIO: Measuring Risk and Returns and Treatment in Portfolio Management. (4)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. William F Sharpe, Gordon J. Alexander and Jeffery V Bailey, ―Investments‖, Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.
3. Ranganatham, ―Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management‖, Pearson Edition, 2004.
4. Bhalla V K., ―Investment Management‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.

15OF14 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


1001
INTRODUCTION – Need for Quality – Definitions of Quality – Dimensions of Product and Service Quality – Basic Concept of TQM –
Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM. (2)

STRATEGIC QUALITY PLANNING – Quality Councils – Employee Involvement – Empowerment – Team and Team Work – PDCA
Cycle – 5S – Supplier Selection and Supplier Rating. (4)

SEVEN TOOLS OF QUALITY – New Management Tool – Concepts, Methodology, Applications to Manufacturing, Service Sector
Including IT – Bench Marking – Reason to Bench Mark, Bench Mark Process – FMEA Types. (4)

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL – Concepts of Productivity – Importance – Modes of Calculating Productivity – Cost of
Quality - SERVQUAL – Quality Improvement Strategies. (3)

CONTROL CHART – Process Capability – Quality Function Development (QFD) – Taguchi Quality Loss Function – TPM Concepts.
(2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Jiju Antony; David Preece Routledge, ―Understanding, Managing and Implementing Quality: Frameworks, Techniques and
Cases‖, Routledge, 2002.
2. Dale H. Besterfield., ―Total Quality Management‖, Pearson, 2011.
3. Hubert K.Rampersad, ―Total Quality Management‖, Springer International Publishing, 2004.
4. Mukkerjee P N., ―Total Quality Management‖, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

15OF15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


1001
INTRODUCTION: Meaning of finance - Definition of financial management - Scope of Financial Management - Functions of
Financial Manager. (2)

OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Profit Maximization and Wealth Maximization. (4)

CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Designing of Capital Structure - Profitability and Liquidity Aspects. (4)

DIVIDEND POLICY: Determinants of Dividends- Bonus share – Tax aspects. (3)

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Merger and Acquisition (M&A) - Case Studies. (2)


Total L: 15

118
REFERENCES:
1. Pandey I M., ―Financial Management‖, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd., 2013.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management Theory and Practice‖, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.
3. James C. Van Horne and John M. Wachowicz JR. ―Fundamentals of Financial Management‖, twelfth edition, Pearson Edition,
2010
4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K., ―Financial Management‖ TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.

15OF16 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT THROUGH TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS


1001

EXPLORING THE PERSONALITY - Structural Ego states - Functional Ego states. (2)

MOTIVATION – Strokes Maslow‘s Hierarchy of Needs. (4)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP - Time Management – Transactions - Time Structuring. (4)

STRESS MANAGEMENT - Working Styles – Contamination. (3)

ASSERTIVENESS AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS - Life positions – Competency. (2)

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Eric Berne, ―Games People Play The Basic Handbook of Transactional Analysis‖, The Random House Publishing Group,
Newyork, 1964.
2. Muriel James and Dorothy Jongeward, ―Born to Win‖, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. Philippines, 1971.
3. Claud Steiner, ―Scripts people live: Transactional Analysis of Life Scripts‖, Grove Press Newyork, 1974.
4. Wagner. A., ―The Transactional Manager‖, Prentice Hall Press, New Yark, 1981.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

15OF10 CORPORATE COMMUNICATION


1001
INTRODUCTION: Basics of Corporate Culture, Etiquette, Code governing manners and conduct, Personal Grooming, People
relationship, Worthy goals/ideals. (3)

ORAL COMMUNICATION: Communicating in Organizational Settings - Recognizing effective Communication - Mastering Listening
and Nonverbal Communication Skills - Overcoming Barriers to Communication - Communicating in Teams and adapting to Cross
Cultural Communication contexts. (4)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Planning, Writing, and completing business messages - Writing messages for Electronic Media -
Creating effective E-mail messages - Writing routine and positive and negative messages - Writing persuasive messages – Training
on writing Reports and proposals – Mastering the Format and layout of Business Documents. (5)

Presentation and Negotiation Skills. (3)

Total: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Herta A. Murphy, Hebert W. Hildebrandt, and Jane P. Thomas, ―Effective Business Communication‖, McGraw – Hill,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. Courtland L. Bove‘e, John V. Thill, and Mukesh Chaturvedi, ―Business Communication Today‖, Dorling Kindersley India (Pvt).
Ltd., 2009.

15OF11 - INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION

1001
UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communication Networks in an Organization; Intra- organizational
communication; Inter-organizational communication; Flow Nomenclature; Workplace diversity and intercultural aspects of
communication (4)

COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN ORGANIZATIONS: Teamwork and team dynamics; Conflict resolution strategies and styles;
Leading and influencing others-facilitation skills (3)

119
WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Email Writing, Professional Reports, and Memos (4)

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS: Nature and Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication; Personality and Communication styles;
Active listening and intentional responding; Working with emotional intelligence. (4)

Total L:15

REFERENCES:
1. Bagchi, Subroto. ―The Professional ‖. Penguin Publications, UK. 2011.
2. ―A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK guide)‖. Project Management Institute Inc., USA. 2013.

15OF12 – HUMAN VALUES THROUGH LITERATURE


1001

PROSE: Kalam, Abdul. ―College Education‖ from Wings of Fire, Emerson, R W. ―Self-Reliance‖ Independence, Russell, Bertrand.
―Education‖ Harmony (5)

POETRY: Frost, Robert. ―Mending Wall‖ Neighbourly Relationship,Das, Kamala. ―An Introduction‖ – Identity and Freedom . (2)

DRAMA: Karnad, Girish, Tughlaq – Statesmanship and friendship (3)

ONE-ACT PLAY: Chekhov, Anton. The Bear – Love (1)

SHORT STORY: Maugham, Somerset. ―Mr. Know-All‖ – Empathy, Desai, Anita. ―Devoted Son‖ – Family Bond. (2)

NOVEL: Murthy, Sudha. Gently Falls the Bakula – Gender equality (2)

Total L: 15 hrs
REFERENCES:
1. Abrams, M .H. and Harpham, G., ― A Glossary of Literary Terms‖. Cengage, Boston, 2015
2. Scholes, R., Comely, N.R., Klaus, C. H., and Silverman, M. Elements of Literature, Indian Rpt. OUP,New Delhi, 2013
3. Additional readings on individual texts

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

15OF21 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS


1001
PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: CLASSIFICATION AND DISCRETE CHOICE PROBLEMS: Simple linear regression - multiple linear
regression model development and diagnostics - analysis of transactional data using binary logistic and multinomial logistic
regression models - discrete choice models, non-linear regression. Classification Trees, Classification and Regression Tree (CART)
- forecasting.

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: MARKETING, RETAIL AND OPERATIONS ANALYTICS: Markov chain models in marketing:
Modelling customer relationship as a Markov chain - brand switching - market share estimation - Markov model for customer
retention - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) estimation.

PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS: Multi-criteria decision making - analytic hierarchy process - data envelopment analysis and their
applications in operations - marketing and finance. Six sigma methodologies for problem solving: DMAIC methodology for problem
solving and process improvement - DMADV methodology for design and development of new process.

Total L: 15
REFERENCES:
1. Hopkins M S, LaValle S, Balboni F, Kruschwitz N and Shockley R, ―10 Insights: A first look at The New Intelligence Enterprise
Survey on Winning with Data‖, MIT Sloan Management Review, Vol. 52, No. 1, 21–31.
2. Fausto Pedro García Márquez and Benjamin Lev, ―Advanced Business Analytics‖, Springer, 2015.

120

S-ar putea să vă placă și